Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

optt · AMEX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker optt
Exchange AMEX
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 43
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 Annual Report

SHIPSELLBUILD1

2

3

1  Eni S.p.A. customer visit, June 2018
2   OPT’s Monroe Township corporate headquarters, R&D center, 
and manufacturing center housing multiple PowerBuoyTM builds

3   PowerBuoyTM under final quality check in preparation  

for delivery to Eni S.p.A. 

4   Certificate of Appreciation presented by Mr. Toshihiko Maemura, 
Manager of the Renewable Energy Project Department, to  
OPT’s CEO, George H. Kirby, commemorating the wave power  
project at Kozu-Island, Japan

4

ENERGYINNOVATIONOPPORTUNITYGROWTHDear Fellow Shareholder:

In fiscal year 2018, Ocean Power Technologies (OPT) undertook several critical steps to advance its leadership in 
innovative ocean energy solutions. We augmented our leadership team, expanded our business development efforts, 
and made the critical shift to business commercialization. 

Commercialization Succeeding 

OPT delivered on key milestones in the broader application of PB3 PowerBuoy™ technology across key end markets, 
including oil and gas, security and defense, science and research, and communications. 

Executing the Vision

In our first full year of commercialization, OPT signed two contracts in the oil and gas industry, relocated to a larger 
facility  to  increase  our  manufacturing  capabilities,  and  expanded  the  Company’s  roster  of  talented  employees.  We 
began the year with a strategic initiative to relocate our headquarters by moving into a larger facility in Monroe Township, 
NJ. The new facility provides a significantly larger state-of-the-art workspace to foster the increasing demand for OPT’s 
applications and technologies. A critical part of our growth strategy centers around our team, as we welcomed Chris 
Phebus as Vice President of Engineering and Matthew May as Vice President of Global Business Development in 
the past year. Chris’ experience will guide our world-class engineering team who continue to drive innovation and 
organizational  synergies,  while  Matthew’s  team  will  help  us  capitalize  on  current  contracts  while  exploring  new 
opportunities in crucial end markets.  

Pipeline Expansion and Results

While we laid the groundwork early in fiscal 2018, we recently achieved several key milestones by announcing two 
significant agreements in the oil and gas market for the PB3 PowerBuoy™. In March, Eni S.p.A. agreed to a multi-
year contract to advance Clean Sea technology in monitoring and subsea charging. Our contract with Premier Oil, 
announced in June, presented another new application for monitoring oil decommissioning sites in the North Sea. 
Our Premier Oil agreement was the result of a successful feasibility study that showcased the PB3 PowerBuoy™ and 
related capabilities to solve safety and efficiency issues in remote offshore sites. A full realization of these contracts 
alone could generate total revenue surpassing $3.1 million. 

“Sell, Build, Ship” 

In fiscal 2019, we remain steadfast in our mission to execute against our strategic plan for commercialization: creating 
and  commercializing  a  reliable  and  expanding  product  offering  in  subsea  charging,  monitoring,  surveillance,  and 
connectivity. To maintain our foothold as a global leader, we stand by our mantra “Sell, Build, Ship,” which enables 
us to focus on the whole lifecycle of commercialization, starting with the customer, expanding through the tailoring of 
the technology, and culminating with a safe deployment and global customer support. Our team has embraced this 
mantra and are proud to see their innovative ideas implemented in solving critical offshore issues in some of the most 
challenging subsea environments. 

Expanding and Renewable Success in 2019 and Beyond

As  we  look  toward  the  future,  we  are  keeping  a  close  watch  on  managing  our  resources,  while  pursuing  new 
opportunities  for  growth  and  customer  acquisition.  We  continue  to  engage  prospective  customers  through  direct 
communications as well as participating in upcoming conferences and exhibitions to further demonstrate our strong 
intellectual property, products, and technology. Our recent exhibitions included the Offshore Technology Conference 
in Houston, the Sea, Air, and Space Exposition in Washington, D.C. and ONS2018 in Stavanger, Norway. We look 
forward to participating in more of these events, and the resulting expansion of both our customer and revenue base.

In addition to aggressively marketing our PB3 PowerBuoy™, our team is focused on identifying product and service 
solutions which may deliver additional value to our customers by reducing operational costs, while simultaneously 
strengthening  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  value  proposition.  These  complimentary  focus  areas  include  cost-effective 
deeper  water  mooring  solutions,  combined  power  and  communications  mooring  solutions,  and  new  methods  for 
increased power generation and energy storage. We believe that these solutions may both diversify our future revenue 
streams in adjacent profit pools while further accelerating PB3 PowerBuoy™ commercialization.

Energizing Fiscal 2019  

As part of our commitment to create enhanced and enduring shareholder value, we will continue to focus on growing 
annual revenues, and we are doing this by improving our commercialization process, expanding our opportunity pipeline, 
and customer expansion through the sale and deployment of our PB3 PowerBuoy™. We are controlling costs while 
making strategic investments to continue innovating, particularly as we work with current and prospective customers to 
hone new applications and further expand our product offering. Fiscal 2019 is a year focused on execution of existing 
orders, and continued business development across each of our target end markets. 

After a pivotal fiscal 2018, we strongly believe in the value of our product and technology offering. We wish to thank 
all our stakeholders, including our customers who have embraced our technology, our employees for their vision, our 
Board of Directors for their guidance, and our shareholders for their support. We look forward to another energized 
year of continued success. 

Sincerely yours,

Terence J. Cryan 
Chairman of the Board

George H. Kirby 
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 

or 

[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from          to           . 

Commission File Number 001-33417 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization) 

22-2535818  
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.) 

28 ENGELHARD DRIVE 
MONROE TOWNSHIP, NJ 08831 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (609) 730-0400 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 
The Nasdaq Capital Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 

Large accelerated filer [  ] 

Accelerated filer [  ] 

Non-accelerated filer [  ] 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X] 

Emerging growth company [  ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.[  ] 

The aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of October 31, 2017, the last business day of 
the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $22.6 million based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on 
that date as reported on the NASDAQ Capital Market. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of July 5, 2018 was 18,368,286. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 1.  
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Item 15. 

PART I 
   Business .............................................................................................................................................    
   Risk Factors .......................................................................................................................................    
   Unresolved Staff Comments ..............................................................................................................    
   Properties ...........................................................................................................................................    
   Legal Proceedings ..............................................................................................................................    
   Mine Safety Disclosures ....................................................................................................................    
PART II 
   Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities ................................................................................................................................  
   Selected Financial Data .....................................................................................................................    
   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............    
   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...........................................................    
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................................................................................    
   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ............    
   Controls and Procedures ....................................................................................................................    
   Other Information ..............................................................................................................................    
PART III 
   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  ................................................................    
   Executive Compensation  ..................................................................................................................    
   Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters ...............................................................................................................................................  
   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  ..................................    
   Principal Accountant Fees and Services  ...........................................................................................    
PART IV 
   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ...........................................................................................    

Page 

1 
15 
28 
28 
28 
30 

30 
31 
31 
42 
42 
42 
42 
43 

43 
47 

55 
56 
57 

57 

PowerBuoy™ and the Ocean Power Technologies logo are trademarks of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. All other 

trademarks appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders. 

i 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

We have made statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) in, among other sections, Item 
1 — “Business,” Item 1A — “Risk Factors,” Item 3 — “Legal Proceedings,” and Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements 
convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our 
future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, plans and objectives of management for future operations. 
The  words  “may,”  “continue,”  “estimate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “believe,”  “project,”  “expect,”  “anticipate”  and  similar 
expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement 
is not forward-looking. 

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based 
these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we 
believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They may be affected 
by  inaccurate  assumptions  we  might  make  or  unknown  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  the  risks,  uncertainties  and 
assumptions described in Item 1A — “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking 
events  and  circumstances  discussed  in  this  Annual  Report  may  not  occur  as  contemplated  and  actual  results  could  differ 
materially from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements. 

You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. Unless 
required  by  law,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  new 
information or future events or otherwise. 

Our fiscal year ends on April 30. References to fiscal 2018 are to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. 

ii 

  
  
  
  
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Nearly  70%  of  the  Earth’s  surface  is  covered  by  water,  and  over  40%  of  the  world’s  population  lives  within 
approximately 150 miles of a coast. Thousands of information gathering and/or power systems are deployed in the oceans today 
to  increase  our  understanding  of  weather,  climate  change,  biological  processes,  and  marine  mammal  patterns  as  well  as 
supporting exploration and operations for industries such as oil and gas. Most of these systems are powered by battery, solar, 
wind, fuel cell, or fossil fuel generators that may be unreliable and expensive to operate while they also may be limited in their 
ability to deliver ample electric power. These current systems often necessitate significant tradeoffs in sensor accuracy, data 
processing and communications bandwidth and frequency in order to operate given limited available power. More persistent 
power systems requiring less maintenance, such as our systems, may have the ability to save costs over these current systems. 
Equally  important  are  increases  in  available  power  which  may  allow  for  better  sensors,  faster  data  sampling  and  higher 
frequency communication intervals up to real-time which could improve scientific and economic returns. 

Founded in 1984 and headquartered in Monroe Township, New Jersey, we believe we are the leader in ocean wave 
power  conversion  technology.  Our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  is  our  first  fully  commercial  product which  generates  electricity  by 
harnessing  the  renewable  energy  of  ocean  waves.  In  addition  to  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™,  we  continue  to  develop  our 
PowerBuoy™ product line based on modular, ocean-going buoys, which we have been periodically ocean testing since 1997. 

The PB3 PowerBuoy™ generates power for use in remote offshore locations, independent of a conventional power 
grid.  It  features  a  unique  onboard  power  take-off  (“PTO”)  system,  which  incorporates  both  energy  storage  and  energy 
management and control systems. The PB3 generates a nominal name-plated capacity rating of up to 3 kilowatts (“kW”) of 
peak power during recharging of the onboard batteries. Power generation is deployment-site dependent whereby average power 
generated can increase substantially at very active sites. Our standard energy storage system (“ESS”) has an energy capacity 
of up to a nominal 150 kilowatt-hours (“kWh”) to meet specific application requirements. We believe there is a substantial 
addressable market for the current capabilities of our PB3, which we believe could be utilized in a variety of applications. 

In addition to leveraging earlier design aspects of our autonomous PowerBuoy™, the PB3 has undergone extensive 
factory and in-ocean design validation testing. Currently, our engineering efforts are continuing to expand the PowerBuoy™ 
capability with simplified deployment and mooring options and working together with our customer base to ensure flexible 
systems  integration  and  to  optimize  energy  output.  Our  marketing  efforts  are  focused  on  applications  in  remote  offshore 
locations that require reliable and persistent power and communications, either by supplying electric power to payloads that 
are integrated directly in or on our PowerBuoy™ or located in its vicinity, such as on the seabed and in the water column. 

Based on our market research and publicly available data, we believe that numerous markets have a direct need for 
our  PowerBuoy™  including  oil  and  gas,  science  and  research,  defense  and  security,  and  communications.  Depending  on 
payload power requirements, sensor types and other considerations, we have found that our PowerBuoy™ could satisfy several 
application requirements within these markets. We believe that the PB3 consistently generates sufficient power to meet the 
requirements of many potential customer applications within our target markets. 

Since fiscal 2002, government agencies have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. These revenues were 
largely for the support of our development efforts relating to our technology. Today our goal is to generate the majority of our 
revenue from the sale or lease of our products, and sales of services to support our business operations. As we continue to 
develop and commercialize our products, we expect to have a net loss of cash from operating activities unless and until we 
achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization of our products and services. During fiscal 2017 and 2018, we continued 
work on projects with the U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”) and Mitsui Engineering and Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. (“MES”), 
Premier  Oil  (“PMO”)  and  Eni  S.p.A.  (“Eni”)  while  we  continued  to  validate  the  reliability  and  power  output  of  our  PB3 
PowerBuoy™. 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey in April 1984 and began commercial operations in 
1994. On April 23, 2007, we reincorporated in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 28 Engelhard Drive, 
Monroe  Township,  New  Jersey  08831,  and  our  telephone  number  is  (609)  730-0400.  Our  website  address  is 
www.oceanpowertechnologies.com.  We  make  available  free  of  charge  on  our  website  our  Annual  Reports  on  Form  10-K, 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably 
practicable after such material is filed electronically with the SEC. The information on our website is not a part of this Annual 
Report. Our common stock has been listed on NASDAQ since April 24, 2007, and since July 2015, our common stock has 
been  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market.  Our  fiscal  year  begins  on  May  1  and  ends  on  April  30.  When  we  refer  to  a 
particular fiscal year, we are referring to the fiscal year ending on April 30 of that year. 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Competitive Advantages 

We are commercializing our PB3 PowerBuoy™ by targeting customers principally in four markets that require reliable 
and persistent power sources in remote offshore locations (as discussed in further detail below). We believe that our wave 
energy products and services, and our existing commercial relationships provide the following competitive advantages in our 
target markets. 

●  Numerous applications within multiple, major market segments. We have designed our PB3 PowerBuoy™ 
to address multiple offshore applications around the world. In particular, we are targeting customers with 
multiple applications within the oil and gas, defense and security, ocean observing, and communications 
markets. 

●  Considerable life-cycle cost savings over current solutions for many applications. Our PB3 PowerBuoy™ 
is  designed  to  operate  over  extended  intervals  between  required  servicing,  compared  to  several  current 
solutions  which  we  found  to  require  more  servicing  using  offshore  vessels.  We  believe  that  our  PB3 
PowerBuoy™  reduces  costs  over  multi-year  operations  compared  with  current  solutions.  These  cost 
reductions are mostly due to reduced vessel and personnel servicing activities. 

●  Real-time data communications. Some current solutions with less available power than our PowerBuoy™ 
may have limited communication capabilities or may be able to communicate data only over shorter periods 
due to power limitations. Some current solutions may only make data accessible upon physical retrieval of 
the sensor. Our PowerBuoy™ can be equipped with a variety of communications equipment, such as 4G 
LTE,  satellite  (VSAT)  and  Wi-Fi,  which  enables  the  transmission  of  data  on  a  more  frequent  basis.  We 
believe that more frequent data communication could enable an end-user to more quickly and proactively 
make data-driven decisions which could result in economic advantages. 
Increased  power  and  persistence  compared  to  certain  current  solutions.  We  have  found  that  our 
PowerBuoy™ may provide substantially increased power and persistence than certain existing battery and 
solar powered systems. We believe that this may allow additional sensors to be employed at the same site, a 
higher  sensor  data  transmission  rate  to  be  achieved,  extended  operation  and  reduced  downtime,  and 
improved operational costs for the customer. Enabling these new capabilities may contribute to enhanced 
operations through real-time decision making and increased life-cycle cost savings. 

●  

●   Standard  transportation  and  deployment.  Our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  does  not  require  special  handling  or 
transportation, and instead uses conventional transportation and handling methods that are economical and 
readily  available  in  standard  marine  operations.  This  may  result  in  lower  global  transportation  and 
deployment costs than current solutions. Our PB3 PowerBuoy™ can be deployed using conventional vessels 
and conventional marine cranes and lifts. 

●   Modular and scalable designs. Our PB3 PowerBuoy™ is designed with a modular ESS which allows us to 
tailor its configuration to specific application requirements, including expansion of energy storage capacity, 
potentially allowing for a more customized solution and potential cost savings for our customers. We believe 
that our PowerBuoy™ is scalable to higher power levels, and multiple PowerBuoys™ may also be installed 
in an array in order to achieve higher levels of aggregate power, although we have not yet demonstrated a 
PowerBuoy™ array. 

●  Flexible electrical, mechanical and communication interfaces for sensors. The PB3 PowerBuoy™ can be 
equipped with payloads, either mounted on or within the PowerBuoy™, or tethered to the PowerBuoy™. 
The PB3 PowerBuoy™ has mechanical and electrical interfaces which allow for simplified integration of 
payloads, creating flexibility for the end-user. 

●  Environmentally  benign  and  aesthetically  non-intrusive  system  design.  We  believe  that  our  PB3 
PowerBuoy™ does not present significant risks to marine life, or emit significant levels of pollutants, and 
therefore has minimal environmental impact as compared to some other current solutions. We believe there 
is no significant audible impact and our system does not have a negative effect on marine life, as validated 
by the U.S. Navy and DOE. 

2 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  Ocean and factory-tested technology. Our PB3 PowerBuoy™ is designed to be durable, with a three-year 
interval between required maintenance activities. The PB3 has survived hurricanes and tropical storms during 
harsh  sea  conditions.  Since  1997  we  have  conducted  ocean  tests  to  demonstrate  the  viability  of  our 
technology.  In  2011,  we  conducted  multiple  ocean  tests  of  the  predecessor  PB3  PowerBuoy™  under  a 
contract with the U.S. Navy. More recently, we conducted multiple ocean tests of our current generation PB3 
PowerBuoy™, including our now commercial version. In 2015, we instituted factory-based PTO-accelerated 
life testing which simulates continuous operations under extremely harsh conditions. During the 2017 fiscal 
year,  we  also  implemented  additional  features  to  accommodate  the  feedback  received  from  potential 
customers  and  end-users  in  support  of  further  simplifying  ocean  deployments  and  increasing  product 
application  versatility.  Further,  we  also  focused  on  standardizing  manufacturing  and  production  testing 
procedures and worked closely with our supply base in order to ensure production repeatability. To date, we 
have achieved over 67 million cumulative strokes across our fleet of power takeoffs with no material failures 
in our commercial PTO design. This is equivalent to more than four cumulative years of continuous typical 
ocean operation for the markets we are pursuing. 

●  Efficient  design  in  harnessing  wave  energy.  We  have  designed  and  validated  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  for 
maximized power generation in average ocean wave conditions through optimized mechanical to electrical 
wave energy conversion. We have designed the onboard ESS to provide several days of continuous rated 
power  during  periods  of  low  or  no  wave  activity,  depending  on  payload  power  consumption.  The  PB3 
PowerBuoy™ is equipped with a variety of communication capabilities including satellite, cellular, and Wi-
Fi that are capable of transmitting payload data in real time (e.g., sensors or equipment that require power 
and communications capabilities), subject to the limits of the service provider. 

●  Prior  commercial  relationships  enabled  the  development  of  our  technology.  Our  prior  and  existing 
relationships with the U.S. Navy, DOE, U.S. Department of Homeland Security and MES have allowed us 
to develop our PB3 PowerBuoy™ for a variety of needs in various industries. We believe these relationships 
have helped position us within the private sector in support of commercialization, which we believe enhances 
our market visibility and attractiveness to our prospective customers. For example, in 2011 our PowerBuoy™ 
provided persistent power to an integrated radar and sonar system, significantly extending the U.S. Navy’s 
surveillance range. We have also demonstrated persistent maritime vessel detection with the U.S. Department 
of  Homeland  Security  by  integrating  a  hydrophone  onto  our  PowerBuoy™  and  demonstrating  enhanced 
maritime traffic detection. In each instance, the resulting data have informed our next design iterations to 
improve critical operations and reliability. 

Business Strategy 

We  continue  to  commercialize  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  for  use  in  remote  offshore  power  and  real-time  data 

communications applications. In order to achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following business objectives: 

●  Sell and/or lease the PB3 PowerBuoy™. We believe our PB3 PowerBuoy™ is well suited for many remote 
offshore applications. We have observed potential market demand for both PowerBuoy™ sales and leases 
within  our  selected  markets,  and  we  intend  to  sell  and  lease  the  PB3  PowerBuoy™  to  these  markets. 
Additionally, we intend to provide services associated with product sales and leases such as maintenance, 
remote monitoring and diagnostic, application engineering, planning, training, and logistics support required 
for the PB3 PowerBuoy™ life-cycle. We continue to increase our commercial capabilities through new hires 
in marketing, sales, and application support, and through engagement of expert market consultants in various 
geographies.  

●  Concentrate  sales  and  marketing  efforts  in  specific  geographic  markets.  We  are  currently  focusing  our 
marketing efforts in North America, Europe, Australia, and parts of Asia and South America. We believe 
that each of these areas has sizable end market opportunities, political and economic stability, and high levels 
of industrialization and economic development. 

●  Expand our relationships in key market areas through strategic partnerships and collaborations. We believe 
that  strategic  partners  are  an  important  part  of  commercializing  a  new  product.  Partnerships  and 
collaborations can be used to improve the development of overall integrated solutions, create new market 
channels,  expand  commercial  know-how  and  geographic  footprint,  and  bolster  our  product  delivery 
capabilities. We believe that offering a turn-key solution, and not just power, is key to securing long term 
success. 

3 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
o  Commercial  collaborations.  We  believe  that  an  important  element  of  our  business  strategy  is  to 
collaborate with other organizations to leverage our combined expertise, market presence and access, 
and core competences across key markets. We have formed such a relationship with several well-known 
groups, including MES in Japan, PMO  in the United Kingdom, Eni in Italy, the National Data Buoy 
Center (“NDBC”), the Wildlife Conservation Society (“WCS”), Sonalysts (with expertise in subsea and 
surface  communications,  systems  integration,  and  big-data  management),  and  HAI  Technologies  (an 
innovative company focusing on bringing new capabilities to the oil and gas industry). We continue to 
seek other opportunities to collaborate with application experts from within our selected markets. 
o  Outsourcing of fabrication, deployment and service support. We outsource all fabrication, anchoring, 
mooring, cabling supply, and in most cases deployment of our PowerBuoy™ in order to minimize our 
capital requirements as we scale our business. Our PTO is a proprietary subsystem and is assembled and 
tested at our facility. We believe this distributed manufacturing and assembly approach enables us to 
focus  on  our  core  competencies  and  ensure  a  cost-effective  product  by  leveraging  a  larger  more 
established supply base. We also continue to seek strategic partnerships with regard to servicing of our 
PB3 PowerBuoy™. 

●  PB3  cost  reduction  and  PowerBuoy™  product  development.  Our  engineering  efforts  are  focused  on 
customer application development for PB3 sales, cost reduction of our PB3 PowerBuoy™ and improving 
the energy output, reliability, maintenance interval and expected operating life of our PowerBuoy™. We 
continue to optimize manufacturability of our designs with a focus on cost competitiveness, and we believe 
we will be able to address new applications by developing new products that increase energy output. 

Market Opportunities 

The National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”) Ocean Enterprise Report for 2016 estimated 
that the annual market for what NOAA describes as the “Ocean Enterprise” is $8.5 billion. The report addressed for-profit and 
not-for-profit businesses that support ocean measurement, observation and forecasting. Among the market sectors included in 
the report are oil and gas, science and research and security and defense sectors. We believe that this report addresses only a 
segment of the potential market opportunities that we are targeting. 

Oil and Gas 

We believe the offshore oil and gas industry is undergoing a significant transformation as it continues to invest in new 
technologies that enable cost savings and the digitization of operations. The industry encompasses more than 10,000 offshore 
sites, including exploration, production, reservoir management, and sites pending decommissioning based on information from 
the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement and industry organizations and publications. We believe that we 
have  opportunities  to  implement  one  or  more  PB3  PowerBuoys™  at  a  large  number  of  these  sites  to  provide  power  in 
applications that are not currently possible, or to displace current power solutions. 

Science and Research 

Science  and  research  provides  environmental  intelligence  to  the  entire  ocean  enterprise,  which  supports  ocean 
measurement, observation and forecasting, and is an important provider of information to maritime commerce and the entire 
“blue economy.” Maritime commerce and the scientific community depend on information from areas such as meteorology, 
climate change, ocean seismometry currents, and biological processes in order to inform operations and development. These 
groups often require a power and communications solution in remote offshore locations. According to NOAA’s 2016 Ocean 
Enterprise  report,  the  total  U.S.  available  ocean  observing  market  from  2017  through  2021  for  ocean-based  systems 
infrastructure is projected to be $2.0 billion. 

Security and Defense 

We believe that our PB3 PowerBuoy™ is uniquely positioned to be used to provide power and communications for 
multiple applications within the security and defense market. The PB3’s ability to power multiple payloads may be an attractive 
feature for defense and security, as their systems can be easily integrated into other PowerBuoy™ applications allowing their 
operation to be concealed. An example application for domestic and international defense departments and defense contractors 
includes forward deployed energy and communications outposts (which is a current U.S. Department of Defense program), 
both above and below sea surface. Other example applications include early detection and warning systems, remote sensing 
stations,  high  frequency  radar,  sonar,  electro-optical  and  infrared  sensors  for  maritime  security,  network  communications 
systems,  and  unmanned  underwater  vehicle  docking  stations.  According  to  a  2014  Frost  and  Sullivan  report,  market 
expenditures for global security reached $29.0 billion in 2012 and are projected to reach $56.5 billion in 2022. Maritime security 
expenditures were approximately 45% of the global security market. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Communications 

We believe that opportunities also exist in other markets such as communications. The addition of near shore and 
offshore  cellular  and  Wi-Fi  platforms  with  reliable  and  persistent  power  could  open  new  market  opportunities  for 
telecommunications  carriers  by  displacing  a  portion  of  the  maritime  satellite  communications  market,  while  potentially 
decreasing communications costs for the marine, offshore oil and gas, and airline industries. As an example, according to a 
2015  Frost  &  Sullivan  Oil  &  Gas  Satellite  Communications  market  report,  the  estimated  2020  annual  spend  on  satellite 
communications  in  the  oil  and  gas  market  is  projected  to  be  $459  million.  According  to  an  industry  research  paper  titled 
“Prospects for Maritime Satellite Communications.” in 2015 the global maritime satellite communications market has already 
reached close to 338,000 terminals, with $1.7 billion in revenue at the satellite communications service provider level. The 
report also notes that the value of the maritime satellite communications market is expected to continue to grow over the next 
decade, with a 10-year compound annual growth rate of 5% in terminals and revenue, primarily due to the increasing need for 
maritime data communications. 

Implementation Strategy 

We have made significant progress in redesigning and validating our commercial-ready PB3 PowerBuoy™ for use in 
remote  offshore  applications.  Since  2015,  we  have  brought  the  PB3  from  initial  concept  to  a  full-scale  design.  We  have 
performed multiple prototype iterations. During this time, we have conducted a number of in-ocean tests in combination with 
our facility-based accelerated life testing to validate our commercial-ready PB3 PowerBuoy™ and to prepare for low rate initial 
production. In 2017, we relocated our corporate headquarters to Monroe Township, New Jersey. We believe that this will allow 
us to expand our manufacturing capabilities and to move toward higher volume PowerBuoy™ production. In fiscal 2018 we 
have made progress in marketing our PB3 PowerBuoy™, as evidenced by requests for proposals. We are developing a new 
approach from R&D to commercialization of SELL, BUILD, SHIP as our motto and we intend to build on our success by 
implementing processes and solutions that cover the entire life cycle, from demand generation to closing the contract, and from 
channel strategies to customer care.  

Since 2015, we have had initial introductions or meetings with nearly 200 companies and organizations within our 
target  markets.  A  large  proportion  of  these  engagements  (approximately  75%)  were  U.S.-based,  while  the  remaining 
engagements occurred in Europe, Australia, and parts of Asia including Japan. One-third of all engagements have transitioned 
from  initial  introductions  to  advanced,  confidential  discussions  around  specific  customer  applications.  Many  of  these 
discussions occur at the executive, decision-making level, as well as the implementation level. 

As previously noted, several of these customer application discussions have resulted in requests for proposals. Many 
proposal requests are for projects where our PB3 PowerBuoy™ is part of a larger solution demonstration, and typically include 
the  potential  lease  or  sale  of  one  or  more  PB3  PowerBuoys™,  as  well  as  required  services  and  maintenance  support. 
Demonstration  projects  are  a  necessary  step  toward  broad  solution  deployment  and  revenues  associated  with  specific 
applications.  A  proposal  phase  typically  lasts  from  three  months  to  more  than  one  year.  During  the  demonstration  project 
specification,  negotiation  and  evaluation  period,  we  are  often  subject  to  the  prospective  customer’s  vendor  qualification 
process, which entails substantial due diligence of our company and capabilities and may include negotiation of standard terms 
and conditions. Many proposals contain provisions which would mandate the sale or lease of the PB3 PowerBuoy™ upon 
successful conclusion of the demonstration project. 

We believe this is an accurate depiction of the overall sales cycle for new technology in each of our target markets, 
including the PB3 PowerBuoy™. However, cycle times for each step of the sales cycle will vary depending on several customer 
factors, including, but not limited to, technical evaluation, project priorities, the funding approval process, and alignment of 
new technology integration with the customer’s broader operational strategy. We believe that the resulting evidence of potential 
demand,  vis-à-vis  specific  application  proposal  requests,  are  indicative  of  significant  progress  in  our  commercialization 
strategy. We believe that we have the potential for growth as a result of our positioning for higher volume production of our 
PB3 PowerBuoy™ and the initial indications of demand for our PB3 PowerBuoy™ in multiple customer applications. 

Product and Technologies 

The following is a summary of the development and history of our current PowerBuoy™ product and our technologies. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Wave Energy 

The energy contained in ocean waves is a form of renewable energy that can be harnessed to generate electricity. The 
interaction between the wind and the ocean surface causes energy to be exchanged. At first, small waves occur on the ocean 
surface. As this process continues, the waves become larger and the distance between the top of the waves becomes longer. 
Wave size, and the amount of kinetic wave energy, depends on wind speed, wind duration and the distance covered. The vertical 
motion  of  the  waves  moves  the  float  component  of  our  PowerBuoy™,  creating  mechanical  energy  which  our  proprietary 
technologies convert into usable electricity. 

We believe that using wave energy for electricity generation has the following potential benefits, compared to existing 

incumbent solutions. 

● 

Scalability  within  a  small  site  area.  Due  to  the  dense  energy  in  ocean  waves,  we  believe  that  multiple 
PowerBuoys™ may be aggregated in an array that would occupy a reasonably small area to supply electricity 
to larger payloads. We believe the aggregation of a larger number of PowerBuoys™ could offer end users a 
variety of advantages in availability, reliability and scalability. To date, we have not deployed an array of 
PowerBuoys™ to test and validate our hypothesis, and we cannot assure that a PowerBuoy™ array would 
generate the energy required to meet the needs of every prospective customer. 

●  Predictability. The generation of power from wave energy can be forecasted several days in advance. Wave 
energy can be calculated with a high degree of accuracy based on satellite images and meteorological data, 
even  when  the  wave  is  hundreds  of  miles  away  and  days  from  reaching  a  PowerBuoy™.  Therefore,  we 
believe end-users relying on PowerBuoys™ for power may be able to plan their logistics, payload scheduling 
and other operational activities based on such data and proactively, although actual testing has not yet been 
conducted. 

●  Constant source of energy. The annual flow of waves at certain specific sites can be relatively constant and 
defined  with  relatively  high  accuracy.  Based  on  our  studies  and  analyses  of  various  sites  of  interest,  we 
believe that we will be able to deploy our PowerBuoys™ in locations where the waves could produce usable 
electricity for the majority of all hours during a year. 

Methods for generating electricity from wave energy can be divided into two general categories: onshore systems and 
offshore systems. Our PowerBuoys™ are the offshore type. Many offshore systems, including our PowerBuoy™, utilize a 
flotation device to harness wave energy. The heaving or pitching of the flotation device due to the force of the waves creates 
mechanical  energy,  which  is  converted  into  electricity  by  various  technologies.  Onshore  and  near  shore  systems  are  often 
located on a shore cliff or a breakwater, or a short distance at sea from the shore line, and typically must concentrate the wave 
energy before using it to drive an electrical generator. Although maintenance costs of onshore systems may be less than those 
associated with offshore systems, we believe there are a variety of disadvantages to the former. As waves approach the shore, 
their energy decreases, therefore, onshore and near shore wave power stations are not capable of exploiting the same amount 
of energy produced by waves in deeper water. In addition, suitable sites for onshore and near shore systems are limited and 
potential environmental and aesthetic issues may impede development of these systems due to wave power station size and 
proximity to communities. 

Our principal product is our PB3 PowerBuoy™, which is designed to generate power for use independent of the power 
grid in remote offshore locations. It consists of a main hull structure surrounded by a floating buoy-like device. The hull is 
loosely moored to the seabed so that floating buoy can freely move up and down in response to the rising and falling of the 
waves. The PTO device that includes an electrical generator, a power electronics system, our control system, and our ESS are 
sealed within the hull. As ocean waves pass the PowerBuoy™, the mechanical stroke action created by the rising and falling 
of the waves is converted into rotational mechanical energy by the PTO, which in turn, drives the electrical generator. The 
power  electronics  system  then  conditions  the  electrical  output  which  is  collected  within  an  ESS.  The  operation  of  the 
PowerBuoy™ is controlled by our customized, proprietary control system. 

The control system uses sensors and an onboard computer to continuously monitor the PowerBuoy™ subsystems as 
well as the characteristics of the waves which interact with the PowerBuoy™. The control system collects data from the sensors 
and the payloads, and uses proprietary algorithms to electronically adjust the performance of the PowerBuoy™. We believe 
that  this  ability  to  optimize  and  manage  the  electric  power  output  of  the  PowerBuoy™  is  a  significant  advantage  of  our 
technology. 

In the event of large storm waves, the control system automatically locks the PowerBuoy™ and electricity generation 
is suspended. However, the load center (either the on-board payload or one in the vicinity of the PowerBuoy™) may continue 
to  receive  power  from  the  on-board  ESS.  When  wave  heights  return  to  normal  operating  conditions,  the  control  system 
automatically unlocks the PowerBuoy™ and electricity generation and ESS replenishment recommences. This safety feature 
helps to prevent the PowerBuoy™ from being damaged by storms. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
In March 2016, we announced a rebranding of our PowerBuoy™ systems as part of our commercialization efforts and 
to closely align our PowerBuoy™ products with the perceived best practices of analogous industries based on power generation 
and on-board energy storage capabilities. Under our new naming conventions, our current PowerBuoy™ is referred to as the 
“PB3,” corresponding to “PowerBuoy™ with a nominal name-plated capacity rating of three kilowatts.” References to the 
“APB350”  on  our  website,  and  in  our  SEC  filings  including  this  Annual  Report  refers  to  earlier  prototype  PowerBuoys™ 
containing earlier generation PTOs and other earlier technologies. 

The  PB3  has  undergone  design  iterations  focused  on  improving  its  reliability  and  survivability  in  the  anticipated 
operating  ocean  environment,  and  will  continue  to  undergo  further  enhancements  through  customary  product  life  cycle 
management. The PB3-A1 was an initial prototype that has now undergone in-ocean and accelerated life testing, and we believe 
that the PB3 achieved a maturity level for use by early adopters in fiscal 2017. We continue the process of commercialization 
of our product and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to do so. We believe that the PB3 will generate 
and store sufficient power to address some application requirements in our target markets. Our engineering efforts are focused, 
in  part,  on  increasing  the  energy  output  and  efficiency  of  our  PowerBuoys™  and,  if  we  are  able  to  do  so,  we  believe  the 
PowerBuoy™ would be useful for additional applications where cost savings and additional power are required by our potential 
customers. We continue to explore opportunities in these target markets, and we have not yet developed any integrated solutions 
and product offerings in these potential markets. We believe that by increasing the energy output of our PowerBuoys™ we 
may be able to address larger segments of our target markets. By improving our design and manufacturing, we also seek to 
reduce the cost of our PowerBuoys™ through further design iterations and manufacturing ramp-up. In so doing, we seek to 
improve customer value, displace more incumbent solutions, and become a viable power source for additional applications in 
our target market segments. 

Research and Development 

Our  team  has  a  broad  range  of  experience  in  mechanical  engineering,  electrical  engineering,  hydrodynamics  and 
systems engineering. We have engaged in extensive efforts to develop the PowerBuoy™, improve PowerBuoy™ efficiency, 
reliability and power output, and improve manufacturability while reducing cost and complexity. Our recent efforts have been 
focused on optimizing the size of our PowerBuoys™ in order to balance customer cost (both capital and operating expenses) 
with power output of our PowerBuoys™. Such efforts include reducing overall product size and weight by considering the use 
of materials other than steel for the external structure of our PowerBuoys™. Other recent efforts included the development of 
scalable, higher efficiency, lower cost, higher reliability and less customized PTO systems, and the use of higher energy density 
and lower weight energy storage technologies. We continue to seek to increase the capabilities of our PowerBuoy™ systems 
by designing flexible interfaces and rendering them sensor and payload agnostic. 

We have also focused on the development and implementation of accelerated testing regimens and techniques known 
as accelerated life testing. Such methods accelerate failures in a laboratory environment, as compared to more lengthy and 
expensive full-scale ocean deployments during normal use and extreme conditions. This testing allows us to quantify the life 
characteristics  of  critical  components  and  subsystems  which  would  normally  require  several  years  of  operation  in  ocean 
conditions to achieve similar levels of wear and tear. Accelerated life testing is used successfully in other industries such as 
automotive and aerospace and is a critical enabler for rapid product and technology development and maturation. We believe 
that the combination of laboratory and ocean test regimens coupled with carefully planned PowerBuoy™ ocean tests will help 
us to improve our effectiveness in commercializing our products. 

It is our intent to fund the majority of our future research and development expenses with sources of external funding, 
including cost sharing obligations under customer contracts. However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our 
efforts to secure additional contracts. If we are unable to obtain external funding, we may curtail our research and development 
expenses or reduce the scope of our operations as necessary to lower our operating costs. 

Deployments 

We continue to receive important feedback from in-ocean trial deployments of our PowerBuoys™, as is customary in 
the  marine  industry  for  new  vessels  and  products  prior  to  final  acceptance  by  their  customers.  If  we  are  able  to  increase 
PowerBuoy™ production, we anticipate that the need for in-ocean trials of our mature products will diminish. Deployment 
sites are selected based on minimum ocean depth, appropriate wave activity for power generation requirements of associated 
deployment payloads, and proximity to end-user operations. The PB3 can be transported over land to the deployment port using 
conventional transportation methods. Once at port, the PB3 can be lifted into the water or onboard a vessel using a readily 
available crane of appropriate capacity. The PB3 may then be towed to site using a standard vessel (if the location is within an 
appropriate distance from the port), or the PB3 may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore location, and craned into the water 
at site. The PB3 is then attached to the mooring system, which is installed during a separate operation, after which a brief 
commissioning process places the PB3 into operation. Recent deployments include the PB3-A1 in August and October of 2015, 
and again in June and July of 2016 which was the final validation of the PB3 prior to the MES deployment in Japan. 

7 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
Product  Insurance.  We  currently  have  a  property  loss  and  liability  insurance  policy  underwritten  by  Lloyd’s 

Underwriters that covers the deployment and storage of our PowerBuoys™. 

Site Approval. In the U.S., federal agencies regulate the siting of long-term renewable energy projects and related-
uses located on the outer continental shelf (“OCS”), which is generally more than three miles offshore. OCS projects longer 
than one-year in duration are regulated by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”). For projects located 
within three miles of the U.S. shore regardless of duration, the adjacent state would be responsible for issuing a lease and other 
required authorizations for the location of the project. In either case, an assessment of the potential environmental impact of 
the project would be conducted in addition to other requirements. Generally, the same process applies to foreign sites where 
site approval is contingent on meeting both national and local regulatory and environmental requirements. In connection with 
issuing permits or leases enabling project use, the respective government agency often requires site restoration or other activities 
at the conclusion of the permit or lease period. 

Environmental Approval and Compliance. We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental 
protection and health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things: the generation, storage, handling, use and 
transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water; and the 
health and safety of our employees. In addition, in the U.S., the construction and operation of PowerBuoys™ offshore would 
require  permits  and  approvals  from  the  U.S.  Coast  Guard,  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  and  other  governmental 
authorities. These required permits and approvals evaluate, among other things, whether a project is in the public interest and 
ensure  that  the  project  would  not  create  a  hazard  to  navigation.  Other  foreign  and  international  laws  may  require  similar 
approvals. We provide you with additional information under “Regulation” below. 

Customers 

Commercial Activities 

We continue to seek new strategic relationships, and further develop our existing partnerships, with other companies 
that have developed or are developing in-ocean applications requiring a persistent source of power that is also capable of real 
time data collection, processing and communication, to address potential customer needs. 

● 

● 

● 

In June 2018, we entered into a contract with PMO for the lease of a PB3 PowerBuoy™ to be deployed in 
one  of  PMO’s  offshore  fields  in  the  North  Sea.  Under  the  agreement,  the  PowerBuoy™  will  provide 
communications and remote monitoring services for PMO assets and will demonstrate its ability to monitor 
and alert vessels in the area after the Floating Production, Storage and Offloading vessel is removed. The 
initial trial phase shall last for three months, and if successful, PMO may elect to extend for a second six-
month trial phase and a third three-month trial phase. We will be paid a flat fee specified in the contract for 
each phase of the lease. At the end of the twelve months, PMO will have the option to extend the lease on a 
month-to-month basis as well as to purchase the PowerBuoy™. If PMO elects to purchase the unit, the parties 
will negotiate mutually agreeable terms. We have agreed to assist PMO in deployment and commissioning 
of the unit, as well as related data collection and assessment of performance. PMO is responsible for all costs 
associated with deployment and installation. 
In March 2018, we entered into an agreement with Eni that provides for a minimum 24-month contract that 
includes an 18-month PB3 PowerBuoy™ lease and associated project management. The PB3 PowerBuoy™ 
will  be  deployed  in  the  Adriatic  Sea  to  advance  Eni’s  Clean  Sea  technology  for  marine  environmental 
monitoring and offshore asset inspection using AUV’s. The PB3 PowerBuoy™ will be used to demonstrate 
subsea  battery  charging,  and  eventually  may  be  used  to  provide  a  stand-alone  charging  station  and 
communications platform that would enable the long-term remote operation of AUVs. At the end of June 
2018, the buoy build is 90% complete and system level factory acceptance test is completed. OPT plans to 
ship the PB3 to Eni in August 2018. 
In January 2018, we entered into a 3-month agreement totaling approximately $0.1 million with PMO to 
study the feasibility of using the PB3 PowerBuoy™ for decommissioning operations in the North Sea. The 
contract  outlines  work  that  will  determine  the  viability  of  using  the  PB3  for  monitoring  and  guarding 
remaining wells and subsea equipment after removal of a floating production, storage and offloading vessel 
and prior to subsea decommissioning and/or well plugging and abandonment operations. During the study, 
we are working closely with PMO’s other subsea equipment suppliers to produce a design to integrate their 
equipment into the PB3. The feasibility study was completed and submitted to PMO for review and final 
approval. In June 2018, we entered into a contract with PMO for the lease of a PB3 PowerBuoy™ to be 
deployed in one of PMO’s offshore fields in the North Sea. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
● 

● 

● 

In February 2017, we entered into a Joint Application Development and  Marketing Agreement with HAI 
Technologies to pursue mutual opportunities. The initial focus of the agreement is on offshore oil and gas 
subsea chemical injection systems where persistent power and real-time data communications are critical. 
In December 2016, we entered into a Joint Marketing Agreement with Sonalysts, Inc. to explore and pursue 
mutual opportunities in defense and oil and gas applications. The agreement includes the exploration and 
assessment of the use of the PB3 as a platform to provide power and communications for these markets. 
In September 2016, we entered into a contract with ONR totaling approximately $0.2 million to carry out the 
first phase of a project which focuses on the initial concept design and development of a  mass-on-spring 
PTO-based PowerBuoy™ leveraging a number of OPT patents covering such a technology. If successful, 
this device is expected to be able to respond to the unique set of requirements expected in various military 
marine applications. We completed the Phase 2 BASE Effort work under the contract which focused on the 
initial  concept  design  and  development  of  a  mass-on-spring  PTO-based  PowerBuoy™.  The  Company  is 
waiting for ONR funding of Phase 2, Option 1 to be approved. 

● 

●  We  have  worked  with  MES  (from  2010  to  current)  to  develop  several  PowerBuoy™  projects  in  Japan. 
Historically, our agreements with MES have provided for MES to reimburse us for specific costs associated 
with research, development and deployment of our PowerBuoy™ product. In March 2016, we entered into a 
letter of intent with MES to conduct funded pre-work tasks and to negotiate a definitive agreement that would 
allow for the lease of the PB3 PowerBuoy™ for a project off the coast of Kozushima Island, Japan following 
a planned stage gate review. Stage-gate reviews are used in product development to gather key information 
needed to advance the project to the next gate or decision point. This process is a generally accepted industry 
practice  and has  been utilized by  other  customers  such as  the DOE. A final contract  totaling  nearly $1.0 
million was negotiated and finalized with MES in May 2016 that included engineering and logistics support, 
and the lease of our PB3 PowerBuoy™ for a 7-month period, its ocean deployment, associated data collection 
and monitoring of its performance. Upon the completion of the engineering pre-work and a successful stage 
gate review, the PB3 was shipped to Japan and was deployed off Kozushima Island from April to September 
2017. The MES lease concluded in September 2017 and the PB3 was shipped back to New Jersey. 
In May 2016, we entered into a Memorandum of Agreement (“MOA”) with WCS to explore the use of our 
PowerBuoys™ in conjunction with ocean life monitoring sensors to collect ocean mammal migration data. 
The MOA includes the exploration and assessment of the use of the PB3 as an integration platform to provide 
power and communications to sensors that monitor marine life migrations. An initial effort consisting of a 
battery powered sensor mounted to the PB3-A1 was deployed off of the coast of New Jersey which sought 
to establish a baseline acoustic survey. The deployment proceeded for approximately three months and met 
all  project  objectives.  The  deployment  proceeded  for  approximately  three  months  and  met  all  project 
objectives. 
In 2016, we entered into a cooperative research and development agreement (“CRADA”) with the NDBC to 
conduct  ocean  demonstrations  of  its  innovative  Self-Contained  Ocean  Observing  Payload  (“SCOOP”) 
monitoring system integrated into our PB3-A1 PowerBuoy™ . NDBC operates a large network of buoys and 
stations  which  provide  critical  meteorological  and  oceanic  observations  that  are  utilized  by  government, 
industry, and academia throughout the world. Under the CRADA, an initial ocean demonstration was to be 
conducted off the coast of New Jersey. We integrated the SCOOP onto our PB3 PowerBuoy™ and in June 
2016 we deployed the system off of the coast of New Jersey. Site-specific measurements of meteorological 
and ocean conditions, as well as system performance and maintenance data collection, were carried out. The 
SCOOP  was  powered  by  the  PB3,  and  provided  metocean  data  to  OPT  and  to  NDBC.  The  deployment 
proceeded for approximately three months and met all project objectives. 

● 

Current Customers 

The table below shows the percentage of our revenue we derived from significant customers for the periods indicated: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2018 

2017 

Eni S.p.A. ...........................................................................................       
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ...................................................       
Premier Oil UK Limited ....................................................................       
U.S. Department of Defense Office of Naval Research .....................       

33 %      
43 %      
10 %      
14 %      
100 %      

0 % 
80 % 
0 % 
20 % 
100 % 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
 
 
In  order  to  achieve  success  in  commercializing  our  products,  we  must  expand  our  customer  base  and  obtain 
commercial contracts to lease or sell our PowerBuoy™ and related services to customers. Our potential customer base for our 
PowerBuoys™  includes  various  public  and  private  entities,  and  agencies  that  require  remote  offshore  power.  To  date, 
substantially all of our revenue producing contracts have been with a small number of customers under contracts to fund a 
portion of the costs of our operational efforts to develop and improve our technology, validate our product through ocean and 
laboratory testing, and business development activities with potential commercial customers. Our goal in the future is that an 
increased portion of our revenues will be from the lease or sale of our products and related maintenance and other services. 

Historic Projects 

Our relationships and projects during recent years include, but are not limited to, the following: 

●  The U.S. Navy and Department of Homeland Security. 

o  From  2009  to  2011,  we  ocean-tested  our  utility-scale  PowerBuoy™  at  the  U.S.  Marine  Corps  Base, 
Hawaii at Kaneohe Bay. The PowerBuoy™ was launched under our program with the U.S. Navy for 
ocean testing and demonstration of a prior iteration of our PowerBuoy™, including connection to the 
Oahu power grid. 

o 

o  From  2007  to  2013,  we  worked  on  two  separate  contracts  to  fabricate  and  deploy  two  autonomous 
PowerBuoys™, which were subsequently deemed obsolete, as an alternate power source for the U.S. 
Navy’s Deep Water Active Detection System (“DWADS”). 
In 2009 and 2010, we were awarded $2.4 million and $2.75 million, respectively, from the U.S. Navy to 
develop a Littoral Expeditionary Autonomous PowerBuoy™ (“LEAP”) prototype. The LEAP contract 
was  developed  to  enhance  the  U.S.  Navy’s  territorial  protection  capability  by  providing  potential 
persistent power at sea for port maritime surveillance in the near coast, harbor, piers and offshore areas. 
During  the  LEAP  contract,  we  designed,  built  and  deployed  in  2011  a  PowerBuoy™  structure 
incorporating a new PTO system. The system was deployed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel and was ocean-
tested approximately 20 miles off of the coast of New Jersey. It was integrated with a Rutgers University-
operated  land-based  radar  network  that  provided  ocean  current  mapping  data  for  the  National 
Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”) and U.S. Coast Guard Search and Rescue 
(“SAR”)  operations.  The  ocean  test  of  the  LEAP  vessel  detection  system  demonstrated  dual-use 
capability of the radar network and helped to verify our technology as a potential persistent power source 
for  systems  requiring  remote  power  at  sea.  During  the  ocean  testing  under  these  contracts,  our 
PowerBuoy™ withstood the high storm waves of Hurricane Irene which occurred in August 2011.  
In 2012, we executed a CRADA with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to collaborate and 
demonstrate  persistent  maritime  vessel  detection.  The  vessel  detection  ocean  demonstration  in  2013 
utilized  the  same  PowerBuoy™  under  the  LEAP  contract  with  additional  sensors.  This  additional 
deployment  provided  critical  data  which  informed  our  next  design  iteration,  and  which  incorporated 
major modifications to address critical operations and reliability improvements. This project concluded 
in 2013.  

o 

●  Lockheed Martin. From 2004 to 2014, we had several project teaming agreements and license agreements 

with Lockheed Martin. 

10 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
●  Australia.  In  2008,  we  announced  a  Joint  Development  Agreement  with  Leighton  Contractors  Pty.  Ltd. 
(“Leighton”) for the development of wave power projects off the coast of Australia. In 2009, Leighton formed 
Victorian Wave Partners Pty Ltd (“VWP”), a special purpose company for the development of a wave power 
project off the coast of Victoria, Australia. In 2010, VWP and the Commonwealth of Australia entered into 
an Energy Demonstration Program Funding Deed (“Funding Deed”), wherein VWP was awarded an A$66.5 
million (approximately US$62 million) grant for the wave power project. However, receipt of funds under 
the  grant  was  subject  to  certain  terms,  including  achievement  of  future  significant  external  funding 
milestones. The grant was expected to be used towards the A$232 million proposed cost of building and 
deploying a wave power station off the coast of Australia (the “Project”). In March 2012, our Australian 
subsidiary  Ocean  Power  Technologies  (Australasia)  Pty.  Ltd  acquired  100%  ownership  of  VWP  from 
Leighton. In January 2014, VWP signed a Deed of Variation with the Australian Renewable Energy Agency 
(“ARENA”) that amended the Funding Deed, and, in March 2014, received the initial portion of the grant 
from ARENA in the amount of approximately A$5.6 million (approximately US$5.2 million) (the “Initial 
Funding”).  The  Initial  Funding  was  subject  to  claw-back  provisions  if  certain  contractual  requirements, 
including performance criteria, were not satisfied. In light of the claw-back provisions, we determined to 
classify the Initial Funding as an advance payment, hold the funds as restricted cash and defer recognition of 
the funds as revenue. In July 2014, the VWP Board of Directors determined that the project contemplated by 
the Funding Deed was no longer commercially viable and terminated the Funding Deed. The Initial Funding 
was returned to ARENA. We do not currently have any projects in Australia.  
Japan. In fiscal years 2014-2016, we worked with MES under several contracts to enhance our PowerBuoy™ 
technology  for  Japanese  sea  conditions  for  both  utility  scale  and  autonomous  applications.  Under  these 
contracts  and  leveraging  prior  work  with  MES,  we  analyzed  methods  to  maximize  buoy  power  capture, 
performed  modeling  and  wave  tank  testing,  evaluated  novel  mooring  strategies  and  conducted  design 
reviews. Currently, the utility scale effort with MES has been suspended and our current efforts with MES 
are focused on autonomous applications. We billed and were paid for all eligible costs incurred under the 
previous utility scale project with MES in fiscal 2015. Our revenue recorded in fiscal 2016 and 2017 reflect 
the total amount paid on these MES contracts. See above under “Current Customers” for a description of our 
current contract with MES.  

● 

●  Reedsport,  Oregon  Project.  We  obtained  a  permit  in  2007  from  the  Federal  Regulatory  Commission 
(“FERC”) for a multi-stage wave power project off the coast of Reedsport, Oregon. In addition, we received 
two cost-sharing contracts with the DOE for approximately $4.4 million to construct and deploy a single 
PowerBuoy™ off the coast of Reedsport. We subsequently obtained a license from FERC in August 2012 
that authorized installation and operation of a 10-buoy grid connected wave energy array (the “License”). 
Due to the complexity of the FERC regulations for the single buoy, higher than anticipated project costs, 
unanticipated technical risks, and uncertainty surrounding permitting, we made the decision not to proceed 
with the project. Accordingly, we announced in March 2014 our surrender of the permit for one phase of the 
project and announced in April 2014 that we were taking the steps necessary to close out this project with 
the DOE. In May 2014, we filed an application to surrender the FERC permit for the remaining phases. In 
August 2014, in cooperation with the State of Oregon Department of State Lands, we removed anchoring 
and mooring equipment from the seabed off of the coast of Oregon. In fiscal 2016, we dispositioned the 
PowerBuoy™. In late fiscal 2016 and early fiscal 2017, we disposed of the remaining anchoring and mooring 
equipment through a local entity and by June 2017 the project was closed out. 

●  The  EU  WavePort  Project.  In  2010,  we  were  awarded  €2.2  million  under  the  European  Commission’s 
Seventh Framework Programme (“FP7”) by the European Commission’s Directorate (“EC”) responsible for 
new and renewable sources of energy, energy efficiency and innovation. This grant was part of a total award 
of €4.5 million to a consortium of companies, including us, to deliver a PowerBuoy™ wave energy device, 
referred to as the PB40 (a legacy utility scale buoy), under a project entitled WavePort. We commenced work 
under this grant in fiscal 2012, and this cost-sharing contract expired on July 31, 2014. Due to a variety of 
factors, in October 2014, we shipped the PB40 back to New Jersey in order to undertake to deploy it off of 
the coast of New Jersey using our own funding. The legacy utility scale buoy was deployed in July 2015 and 
retrieved  in  August  2015,  due  to  failure  of  a  component  part.  We  do  not  intend  to  redeploy  the  PB40. 
Following a project audit, final payment under the WavePort Project was received and recognized as revenue 
in fiscal 2016. Subsequently, the Company proceeded with the deployment site remediation to meet the terms 
of its deployment permit requirements. The site remediation was completed on May 18, 2017. 

11 

  
  
   
   
●  PowerBuoy™ Development Projects. In April 2010, we received a $1.5 million award from the DOE for a 
feasibility study of a PowerBuoy™ with the ability to produce up to 500kW of power (referred to as the 
“PB500”). In fiscal 2011, we received additional awards totaling $4.7 million for the PB500 structure and 
PTO optimization  study,  $2.3  million  from  the  U.K.  Government’s  Technology Strategy  Board  and $2.4 
million from the DOE. In fiscal 2014, upon completion of the concept design and associated trade studies 
that included detailed mechanical analyses, manufacturability and overall projected performance, the study 
concluded  that  a  PB500  would  not  be  technically  feasible  or  economically  viable.  In  March  2015,  we 
successfully  completed  a  stage  gate  review  and  a  review  of  project  deliverables  with  the  DOE  where 
advancements  related  to  PTO  design  aspects  such  as  reliability,  cost  take  out,  manufacturability  and 
scalability were reviewed. Following a stage gate review, the project was successfully completed in fiscal 
2016. 

Manufacturing 

We engage in two types of manufacturing activities: 1) the manufacturing of the high value-added PTO components 
for  systems  control,  power  generation  and conversion,  and  energy  storage  for  each  PowerBuoy™;  and 2)  contracting with 
outside companies for the fabrication of the buoy structure, mooring system, and cabling. 

Our core in-house manufacturing activity is the assembly, final systems integration and testing of the PTO and its 
components,  which  is  conducted  at  our  New  Jersey  facility.  The  power  generation  system  consists  of  electro-mechanical 
components, and the control modules include the critical electrical and electronic systems that convert the mechanical energy 
into  usable  electricity.  The  sensors  and  control  systems  use  sophisticated  technology  to  optimize  the  performance  of  the 
PowerBuoy™ in response to changing operating conditions and payload power demand. We maintain a portfolio of patents, 
including those that cover our power generation, power conversion and control technologies. 

We  purchase  the  remaining  components  and  materials  for  each  PowerBuoy™  from  various  vendors.  We  provide 
specifications to each vendor, and they are responsible for performing quality analysis and quality control over the course of 
construction, subject to our review of the quality and test procedure results. After the vendor completes the testing of the buoy 
structure, it is transported to our facility for final integration of the PTO. After each vendor completes testing of the remaining 
components, they are transported ready-to-install to the project site. We do not believe that we are dependent on any single 
vendor for manufacturing the components of and materials for our PowerBuoy™, and we believe that there are many available 
manufacturers for our component parts if a particular manufacturing partner should become unavailable or expensive. However, 
we  have  only  manufactured  our  PowerBuoys™  in  limited  quantities  for  use  in  development  and  testing  and  have  limited 
commercial manufacturing experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on multiple orders on time-critical 
deadlines.  Moreover,  we  do  not  have  long-term  contracts  with  our  third-party  manufacturers  or  vendors.  In  order  to  be 
successful in our efforts to commercialize our PowerBuoys™, we will need to secure stable relationships with a variety of 
manufacturers and vendors that can supply component parts and materials for our PowerBuoy™ products. 

In December 2017, we relocated our corporate headquarters and manufacturing operations from Pennington, New 
Jersey to Monroe, New Jersey. Our new facility offers approximately 56,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space, 
which is more than double the size of our prior facility. This larger space supports our increased operational needs, and also 
allows for our anticipated growth over the next several years. We believe this new facility will enable us to implement world 
class  assembly  and  testing  processes,  emphasizing  product  quality and  employee  safety,  while  significantly  improving our 
ability to increase product throughput. We believe that our decision to relocate our operations is integral to our overall business 
growth strategy. 

Marketing and Sales 

We continue to enhance our marketing capabilities across our target markets and we have begun actively marketing 
our PowerBuoys™. We currently use a direct sales force consisting of employees and industry expert consultants. Because our 
PowerBuoys™ use technology which is not yet considered mature by our target markets, we expect that the customer decision 
process could require us to spend substantial time educating end-users and stakeholders, which may result in a lengthy sales 
cycle. 

We attend and display our products at tradeshows and conferences that represent our pursued markets. In 2018, we 
highlighted our Anchorless PowerBuoy™ at the Navy Forum for SBIR/STTR Transition in National Harbor, Maryland. In 
May 2018, we displayed our full-size PowerBuoy™ PB3 at the Offshore Technology Conference in Houston, Texas. 

12 

   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
We market our PowerBuoys™ to companies and entities requiring remote offshore power and communications; for 
example, oil and gas companies for potential applications such as remote sensing, trace heating, or autonomous site monitoring, 
power and communications for remotely operated vehicles or autonomous underwater vehicle charging stations. We also see 
opportunities for security and defense applications using active sensors such as high frequency radar and acoustic systems with 
significant processing and communications requirements. 

Additionally, we continue to seek to enter into strategic relationships to develop application solutions with commercial 
and  military  sensor  and  equipment  manufacturers,  where  we  might  grant  licenses  to  manufacture,  market  or  operate 
PowerBuoys™ or PowerBuoy™ subsystems. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2018, our backlog was $0.7 million. This backlog includes amounts remaining to be paid under the 
Eni and Premier contracts. Our backlog can include both funded amounts, which are unfilled firm orders for our products and 
services for which funding has been both authorized and appropriated by the customer (U.S. Congress, in the case of U.S. 
Government agencies), and unfunded amounts, which are unfilled firm orders for which funding has not been appropriated. If 
any of our contracts were to be terminated, our backlog would be reduced by the expected value of the remaining terms of such 
contract. 

The amount of contract backlog is not necessarily indicative of future revenue because modifications to or terminations 
of present contracts and production delays can provide additional revenue or reduce anticipated revenue. A substantial portion 
of our revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, and changes in estimates from time to time may have 
a significant effect on revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations from time to time due to 
the timing of new awards. 

Competition 

We expect to compete with other providers of in-ocean autonomous power sources, primarily consisting of subsea 
batteries, solar and fossil-fuel power sources, where many of the providers are substantially larger than OPT and may have 
access to greater financial resources. Incumbent sources of in-ocean power may also represent established and reliable power 
sources and may have already gained customer acceptance. Our ability to compete successfully for business from applications 
seeking in-ocean power will depend on our ability to produce and store energy reliably and at a total cost that is competitive 
with or lower than that of other sources, and on the on-going reliability of our product and customer perception of our company. 
Our  ability  to  compete  effectively  may  be  adversely  affected  by  our  current  need  for  additional  financing  and  our  future 
customers’ concerns about our long-term viability. 

We also may eventually compete against other renewable wave generated power providers. As of June 2018, there 
were more than nearly 260 companies, some with institutional funding, listed in the DOE’s Marine and Hydrokinetic (“MHK”) 
Technology  Database.  This  DOE  database  provides  up-to-date  information  on  marine  and  hydrokinetic  renewable  energy 
technologies  and  companies,  both  in  the  U.S.  and  around  the  world.  Many  of  these  companies  are  located  in  the  U.K., 
continental Europe, Japan, Israel, the U.S. and Australia, and many of those companies are pursuing the utility, grid-connected 
energy market. The MHK industry is both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to differentiate 
themselves  by  promoting  their  specific  technology  focusing  on  cost  and  efficiency.  The  companies  are  subdivided  by 
implementation: wave power, current power, tidal and ocean thermal energy conversion. Within wave power, the technologies 
are classified as point absorber, oscillating wave column, overtopping device, attenuator and oscillating wave surge converter. 
Our PowerBuoy™ wave energy converter is classified as a point absorber. 

The vast majority of the companies in the DOE’s database are small, start-up type companies with a small number of 
employees and in early stage development that do not have our in-ocean validation experience. Only a few of these companies 
have conducted testing similar to us, such as accelerated life testing and extensive wave tank testing on reduced scale models 
of their devices. We believe our in-ocean experience is critical in proving the reliability, survivability and performance of any 
wave energy system, which we believe our future customers will require before adopting any wave generated energy solution. 
We believe our experience gained through full scale in-ocean deployments, coupled with other types of factory and laboratory 
testing, and our resulting understanding of risks and failure modes provides us with an advantage compared to potential wave 
energy competitors. 

13 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Our analysis of the DOE database indicates that approximately 20 wave energy technologies were selected for further 
evaluation  by  the  DOE,  primarily  based  on  company  financial  capability,  type  of  system  and  potential  to  compete  in 
autonomous  (non-grid  connected)  markets.  Of  these,  there  are  three  companies  that  we  believe  may  have  the  technical 
capability and financial viability to compete in the offshore autonomous power market; however, their technologies are still in 
early stage development with limited ocean testing. We believe that none of these technologies are at the maturity level of our 
current PB3 PowerBuoy™, and because of this we believe that we continue to maintain a first mover advantage. 

Intellectual Property 

We believe that our technology differentiates us from other providers of wave energy conversion technologies. As a 
result, our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products, technology and 
know-how, to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing upon our 
proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign 
patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development 
of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, and continuing technological innovation and may rely on licensing 
opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. 

As of June 2018, we have been issued 65 U.S. patents, of which 50 are active and 15 have expired. Outside of the U.S. 
we have been issued 200 patents across 13 countries with 33 of the active U.S. patents having at least one corresponding issued 
foreign patent. We have filed for 3 additional U.S. patents and 1 of the U.S. patents applications have corresponding foreign 
patent applications. Our patent portfolio includes patents and patent applications with claims directed to: 

system design; 
control systems; 
power conversion; 
anchoring and mooring; and 

● 
● 
● 
● 
●  wave farm architecture. 

The expiration dates for our issued U.S. patents range from 2018 to 2032. We do not consider any single patent or 
patent  application  that  we  hold  to  be  material  to  our  business.  The  patent  positions  of  companies  like  ours  are  generally 
uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for our 
technology will depend on our success in continuing to obtain effective patent claims and enforcing those claims once granted. 
In addition, certain technologies that we developed with U.S. federal government funding are subject to certain government 
rights as described in “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property.” 

We use trademarks on nearly all of our products and believe that having distinctive marks is an important factor in 
marketing  our  products.  We  have  registered  our  PB-Vue®,  OPTMicrobuoy®,  CellBuoy®,  PowerTower®,  Making  Waves  in 

Power®, Talk on Water® and 
duration when marks are properly maintained in commercial use. 

® marks in the United States. Trademark ownership is generally of indefinite 

Regulation 

Our PowerBuoys™ are subject to regulation in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions concerning, among other areas, 
site approval and environmental approval and compliance. In order to encourage the adoption of offshore power solutions, 
many governments offer subsidies and other financial incentives and have mandated renewable energy targets which some of 
our customers may be able to leverage. However, these subsidies, incentives and targets may not be applicable to our technology 
and therefore may not be available to our customers. 

The  renewable  energy  industry  has  also  been  subject  to  increasing  regulation.  As  the  renewable  energy  industry 
continues to evolve and as the wave energy industry continues to evolve, we anticipate that wave energy technology and our 
PowerBuoys™ and their deployment will be subject to increased oversight and regulation in accordance with international, 
national and local regulations relating to safety, sites, and environmental protection. 

Site Approval, Environmental Approval and Compliance 

We present additional information regarding the regulatory requirements relating to our in-ocean deployments above, 

under “Product and Technologies – Deployments.” 

14 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Subsidies and Incentives 

Renewable energy subsidies and incentives are generally applicable only to electric generation and supply to the utility 
grid.  However,  our  autonomous  applications  may  permit  a  customer  to  reduce  its  carbon  emissions,  which  our  potential 
customers may be able to publicize in their environmental stewardship reports. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2018, we had 35 full-time employees. Of these employees, 34 are located in the United States and one 
is located in the United Kingdom. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire 
and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our employee relations 
are good. 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with the other information contained in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and in prior reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If any of the following 
risks actually occur, they may materially harm our business and our financial condition and results of operations. In this event, 
the market price of our common stock could decline and your investment could be lost. 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition 

Our auditors have raised substantial doubts as to our ability to continue as a going concern. 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $197.5 million at April 
30, 2018. We generated revenues of only $0.5 million in fiscal 2018, and $0.8 million in fiscal 2017. At April 30, 2018, we 
had approximately $11.5 million in cash on hand. Based on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities 
balances as of April 30, 2018, the Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into 
the quarter ending April 30, 2019, including $0.6 million of payments due by August 30, 2018 as a return of an option fee due 
to ineligibility for certain emission credits. 

We continue to experience operating losses and currently have two revenue producing contracts. During fiscal 2018, 
our net burn rate (cash used in operations less cash generated by operations) including product development spending was 
approximately  $0.9  million  per  month.  Even  if  wave  energy  technology  achieves  broad  commercial  acceptance,  our 
PowerBuoys™ may not prove to be a commercially viable technology for generating electricity from ocean waves. 

We have been funding our business principally through sales of our securities, and we expect to continue to fund our 
business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our revenues until, if ever, we generate sufficient cash flow 
to internally fund our business. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going 
concern.  Our  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  result  from  the  outcome  of  this 
uncertainty. We anticipate that our operating expenses will be approximately $14.5 million in fiscal 2019 including product 
development spending of more than $6.3 million. However, we may choose to reduce our operating expenses through personnel 
reductions, and reductions in our research and development and other operating costs during fiscal year 2019, if we are not 
successful in our efforts to raise additional capital. We cannot assure our stockholders that we will be able to increase our 
revenues and cash flow to a level which would support our operations and provide sufficient funds to pay our obligations for 
the foreseeable future. Further, we cannot assure our stockholders that we will be able to secure additional financing or raise 
additional capital or, if we are successful in our efforts to raise additional capital, of the terms and conditions upon which any 
such financing would be extended. If we are unable to meet our obligations, we would be forced to cease operations, in which 
event investors would lose their entire investment in our company. 

We may not be able to raise sufficient capital to continue to operate our business. 

Historically, we have funded our business operations through sales of equity securities. We do not know whether we 
will be able to secure additional funding or, if secured, whether the terms will be favorable to us or our investors. Our ability 
to obtain additional funding will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance, 
pending  litigation  and  investor  sentiment.  These  factors  may  make  additional  funding  unavailability,  or  the  timing,  dollar 
amount, and terms and conditions of additional funding unattractive. 

15 

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If  we  issue  additional  securities  to  raise  capital,  our  existing  stockholders  could  experience  dilution  or  may  be 
subordinated to any rights, preferences or privileges granted to the new security holders. In particular, any new securities issued 
could  have  rights  senior  to  those  associated  with  our  common  stock  and  could  contain  covenants  that  would  restrict  our 
operations. Should the financing we require to sustain our working capital needs be unavailable or prohibitively expensive 
when we require it, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected 
and we may be unable to continue our operations. 

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability and positive cash flow. 

We have incurred net losses since we began operations in 1994, including net losses of $10.2 million and $9.5 million 
in fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of April 30, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $197.5 million. To date, our 
activities  have  consisted  primarily  of  activities  related  to  the  development  and  testing  of  our  technologies  and  our 
PowerBuoy™. Thus, our losses to date have resulted primarily from costs incurred in our research and development programs 
and from our selling, general and administrative costs. As we continue to develop our proprietary technologies, we expect to 
continue  to  have  a  net  use  of  cash  from  operating  activities  unless  or  until  we  achieve  positive  cash  flow  from  the 
commercialization of our products and services. 

We do not know whether we will be able to successfully commercialize our PowerBuoys™, or whether we can achieve 
profitability. There is significant uncertainty about our ability to successfully commercialize our PowerBuoys™ in our targeted 
markets. Even if we do achieve commercialization of our PowerBuoy™ and become profitable, we may not be able to achieve 
or, if achieved, sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. 

Our financial results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance. 

Our financial results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. For 
these reasons, comparing our financial results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and our past results should 
not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. Our future quarterly and annual expenses as a percentage of our 
revenues may be significantly different from those we have recorded in the past or which we expect for the future. Our financial 
results in some quarters may fall below expectations. Any of these events could cause our stock price to fall. Each of the risk 
factors  listed  in  this  “Risk  Factors”  section,  including  the  following  factors,  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations: 

● 
● 
● 
● 

● 

● 

● 
● 

delays in permitting or acquiring necessary regulatory consents; 
delays in the timing of contract awards and determinations of work scope; 
delays in funding for or deployment of wave energy projects; 
changes in cost estimates relating to wave energy project completion, which under percentage-of-completion 
accounting principles could lead to significant fluctuations in revenue or to changes in the timing of our 
recognition of revenue from those projects; 
delays in meeting, or the failure to meet, specified contractual milestones or other performance criteria under 
project contracts or in completing project contracts that could delay or prevent the recognition of revenue 
that would otherwise be earned; 
decisions made by parties with  whom we have commercial relationships not to proceed with anticipated 
projects; 
increases in the length of our sales cycle; and 
inherent uncertainties in our manufacturing processes. 

Currency translation and transaction risk may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and we conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of most 
countries in which we operate. As a result, we are subject to currency translation risk. A large percentage of our revenues may 
be generated outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies in the future. Changes in exchange rates between 
foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our revenues and cost of revenues, and could result in exchange losses. In 
addition, we incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or sale 
transaction using a different currency from our reporting currency. We cannot accurately predict the impact of future exchange 
rate fluctuations on our results of operations. Currently, we do not engage in any exchange rate hedging activities and, as a 
result, any volatility in currency exchange rates may have an immediate adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

16 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related To Growth Of Our Business 

We depend on a limited number of customers for substantially all of our revenues. The loss of, or a significant reduction in 
revenues from, any of these customers could significantly reduce our revenues and harm our operating results. 

Historically, a small number of customers have provided substantially all of our revenues and we expect that such 
concentration will continue for the foreseeable future. In fiscal 2018 commercial contracts accounted for 86% of our revenues 
and governmental contracts accounted for 14%. In fiscal 2017, revenues from commercial contacts accounted for 80% of our 
revenues and governmental contracts accounted for 20%. 

Generally, we recognize revenue using the percentage-of-completion method based on the ratio of costs incurred to 
total estimated costs at completion. In certain circumstances, revenue under contracts that have specified milestones or other 
performance  criteria  may  be  recognized  only  when  our  customer  acknowledges  that  such  criteria  have  been  satisfied.  In 
addition, recognition of revenue (and the related costs) may be deferred for fixed-price contracts until contract completion if 
we  are  unable to reasonably estimate  the  total costs of  the  project  prior  to  completion. Because we  currently have a  small 
number of customers and contracts, problems with a single contract would adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

A customer’s payment default, or the loss of a customer as a result of competition, creditworthiness, our failure to 
perform, our inability to negotiate extensions or replacements of contracts, or otherwise, would adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to secure additional 
commercial customers, or additional revenue-generating contracts. 

Wave energy technology may not gain broad commercial acceptance and, therefore, our revenues may not increase and we 
may be unable to achieve and, even if achieved, sustain profitability. 

Wave energy technology is at an early stage of development, and the extent to which wave energy power generation 
will  be  commercially  viable is uncertain. Many  factors may  affect  the  commercial  acceptance of wave  energy  technology, 
including the following: 

●  performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness of wave energy technology compared to conventional sources 

● 

● 

and products; 
fluctuations in economic and market conditions, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and other 
fossil fuels; 
the development of new and profitable applications requiring the type of remote electric power provided by 
our autonomous wave energy systems. 

If  wave  energy  technology  does  not  gain  broad  commercial  acceptance,  it  is  unlikely  that  we  will  be  able  to 
commercialize our PowerBuoy™ and our business will be materially harmed, in which case, we may curtail or cease operations. 

If sufficient demand for our PowerBuoy™ does not develop or takes longer to develop than we anticipate, our revenue 
generation will be limited, and it is unlikely that we will be able to achieve and, if achieved, then sustain profitability. 

Even if wave energy technology achieves broad commercial acceptance, our PowerBuoys™ may not prove to be a 
commercially viable technology for generating electricity from ocean waves. We have invested a significant portion of our 
time and financial resources since our inception in the development of our PowerBuoys™, but have not yet achieved successful 
commercialization of our PowerBuoys™. As we seek to manufacture, market, sell and deploy our PowerBuoys™ in greater 
quantities, we may encounter unforeseen hurdles that would limit the commercial viability of our PowerBuoys™, including 
unanticipated  manufacturing,  deployment,  operating,  maintenance  and  other  costs.  Our  target  customers  and  we  may  also 
encounter technical obstacles to deploying, operating and maintaining PowerBuoys™. 

If demand for our PowerBuoys™ fails to develop sufficiently, it is unlikely that we will be able to grow our business 
or generate sufficient revenues to achieve and then sustain profitability. In addition, demand for PowerBuoys™ in our presently 
targeted markets, including coastal North America, Europe, Australia and Japan, may not develop or may develop to a lesser 
extent than we anticipate. 

If we are not successful in commercializing our PowerBuoy™, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business, 

financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. 

17 

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If we are unable to attract and retain management and other qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our business 
objectives. 

Our  success  depends  on  the  skills,  experience  and  efforts  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  product 
development, manufacturing, and sales and marketing employees. We have limited financial resources and cannot be certain 
that we will be able to attract, retain and motivate such employees. The loss of the services of one or more of these employees 
could have a material adverse effect on our business. There is a risk that we will not be able to retain or replace these key 
employees. Implementation of our business plans will be highly dependent upon our ability to hire and retain senior executives 
as well as talented staff in various fields of expertise. 

Changes  in  senior  management  are  inherently  disruptive,  and  efforts  to  implement  any  new  strategic  or  operating 
goals  may  not  succeed  in  the  absence  of  a  long-term  management  team.  Changes  to  strategic  or  operating  goals  with  the 
appointment of new executives may themselves prove to be disruptive. Periods of transition in senior management leadership 
are often difficult as the new executives gain detailed knowledge of our operations and due to cultural differences that may 
result  from  changes  in  strategy  and  style.  Without  consistent  and  experienced  leadership,  customers,  employees,  creditors, 
stockholders and others may lose confidence in us. 

To be successful, we need to retain key personnel. Qualified individuals, including engineers and project managers, 
are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. With the exception of our President and Chief 
Executive  Officer,  all  of  our  officers  and  other  employees  are  at-will  employees,  which  means  they  can  terminate  their 
employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be difficult to replace. 
If we lose the services of key personnel, or do not hire or retain other personnel for key positions, our business, results of 
operations and stock price could be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, this could adversely affect our business and operations. 

The scope of our operations to date has been limited, and we do not have experience operating on the scale that we 
believe may be necessary to achieve profitable operations. Our current personnel, facilities, systems and internal procedures 
and controls may not be adequate to support future growth. This factor, when combined with the technical complexity of some 
of our development efforts, may result in our inability to meet certain customer expectations or deadlines and could result in 
the amendment to, or termination of, customer contracts or relationships. To realize our desired growth, we may need to add 
sales, marketing and engineering offices in our existing and/or additional locations, which may include areas such as Australia, 
Japan, and continental Europe, and which may result in additional organizational complexity. 

To manage the expansion of our operations, we may be required to improve our operational and financial systems, 
procedures and controls, increase our manufacturing capacity and throughput and expand, train and manage our employee base, 
which  may  need  to  increase  significantly  if  we  are  to  be  able  to  fulfill  our  current  manufacturing  and  growth  plans.  Our 
management may also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties, 
as well as attract new customers and suppliers. If we do not meet these challenges, we may be unable to take advantage of 
market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. 

If we are unable to successfully negotiate and enter into service contracts with our customers on terms that are acceptable 
to us, our ability to diversify our revenue stream will be impaired. 

An important element of our business strategy is to enter into service contracts with our customers under which we 
would be paid fees for services related to the maintenance and operation of the PowerBuoys™ purchased from us. In addition, 
we  may  offer  to  lease  PowerBuoys™,  sell  power  generated  by  PowerBuoys™  or  sell  data  gathered  by  sensors  on  our 
PowerBuoys™. Even if customers purchase or lease our PowerBuoys™, they may not enter into service contracts with us. We 
may not be able to negotiate service, power sale or other contracts that provide us with any additional profit opportunities. Even 
if we successfully negotiate and enter into such service contracts, our customers may terminate them prematurely or they may 
not be profitable for a variety of reasons, including the presence of unforeseen hurdles or costs. In addition, if we were unable 
to perform adequately under such service contracts our efforts to successfully market the PowerBuoys™ could be impaired. 
Any one of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

18 

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Since our PowerBuoys™ can only be deployed in certain geographic locations, our ability to grow our business could be 
adversely affected. 

Our  PowerBuoys™  are  designed  for  use  offshore,  but  not  all  offshore  areas  worldwide  have  appropriate  natural 
resources for our PowerBuoys™ to harness wave energy. Seasonal and local variations, water depth and the effect of particular 
locations of islands and other geographical features may limit our ability to deploy our PowerBuoys™ in certain coastal areas. 
If  we  are  unable  to  identify  and  deploy  PowerBuoys™  at  sufficient  sites  with  appropriate  natural  resources  to  permit  our 
PowerBuoys™ to capture wave energy, our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. 

Failure by third parties to supply or manufacture components of our products or to deploy our systems timely or properly 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have been and expect to continue to be highly dependent on third parties to supply or manufacture components of 
our  PowerBuoys™.  If,  for  any  reason,  our  third-party  manufacturers or  vendors  are not willing or  able  to  provide us with 
components or supplies in a timely fashion, or at all, our ability to manufacture and sell many of our products could be impaired. 

We do not have long-term contracts with our third-party manufacturers or vendors. If we do not develop ongoing 
relationships with vendors located in different regions, we may not be successful at controlling unit costs as our manufacturing 
volume increases. We may not be able to negotiate new arrangements with these third parties on acceptable terms, or at all. 

In addition, we rely on third parties, under our oversight, for the deployment and mooring of our PowerBuoys™. We 
have  utilized  several  different  deployment  methods,  including  towing  the  PowerBuoy™  to  the  deployment  location  and 
transporting the PowerBuoy™ to the deployment location by barge or ocean workboat. If these third parties do not properly 
deploy our systems, cannot effectively deploy the PowerBuoy™ on a large, commercial scale, or otherwise do not perform 
adequately, or if we fail to recruit and retain third parties to deploy our systems in particular geographic areas, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our investments in joint ventures could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on 
a co-venture’s financial condition and disputes between us and our co-venture partners. 

It is part of our strategy that we may co-invest with third parties through joint ventures or by acquiring non-controlling 
interests in special purpose entities. In these situations, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority 
regarding the joint venture. Our co-ventures may have economic or other business interests or goals that may not be consistent 
with our own and may be in a position to take actions that are contrary to our policies or objectives. Additionally, investments 
in joint ventures involve risks that would not be present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that our co-
ventures might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Disputes between us and our co-
venture partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and/or directors 
from focusing their time and effort on our business. In addition, we may not be able to identify appropriate strategic partners, 
or successfully negotiate, finance or operate any joint ventures or other collaborative projects to advance this aspect of our 
strategy. Consequently, both the entrance into a joint venture itself, or the failure to identify appropriate potential opportunities, 
could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our  targeted  markets  are  highly  competitive.  We  compete  against  incumbent  solutions  already  being  utilized  by  our 
customers and potential customers. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to increase our revenues and 
achieve or maintain profitability. 

In our targeted markets, which are highly competitive, we compete against incumbent power solutions already being 
utilized by our customers and potential customers. If we are unable to demonstrate to our customers and our potential customers 
that our PowerBuoy™ is cost competitive to their existing alternative power solutions, or if it takes us longer to do so than we 
anticipate, we may be unable to expand our business, maintain our competitive position, satisfy our contractual obligations, 
continue to commercialize our PowerBuoy™, or become profitable. In addition, if the cost associated with these development 
efforts exceeds our projections, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

In  addition,  competition  may  arise  from  other  companies  manufacturing  similar  products,  developing  different 
products  that produce  energy  more  efficiently  than  our  products,  or  making  improvements  to  traditional  energy-producing 
methods or technologies, any of which could make our products less attractive or render them obsolete. If we are not successful 
in manufacturing systems that generate competitively priced power, we may not be able to respond effectively to competitive 
pressures from other renewable energy technologies or improvements to existing technologies. 

19 

  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If we are unable to respond effectively to such competitive forces, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations could be adversely affected. Our targeted markets are subject to their own inherent risks, and if those risks should 
materialize then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We market and plan to market our products in multiple international markets. If we are unable to manage our international 
operations effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We market and plan to market our products in multiple global regions, including Europe, Australia, North America 
and  parts  of  Asia,  and  we  are  therefore  subject  to  risks  associated  with  having  international  operations.  Revenues  from 
customers who are based outside of the U.S. accounted for 86% of our revenues in fiscal 2018 and 80% of our revenues in 
fiscal 2017. Risks inherent in international operations include, but are not limited to, the following: 

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries in which we operate; 

● 
●  unexpected  adverse  changes  in  foreign  laws  or  regulatory  requirements,  including  those  with  respect  to 

● 

● 

renewable energy, environmental protection, permitting, export duties and quotas; 
trade barriers such as export requirements, tariffs, taxes and other restrictions and expenses, which could 
increase the prices of our PowerBuoys™ and make us less competitive in some countries; 
fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  may  affect  demand  for  our  PowerBuoys™  and  may  adversely  affect  our 
profitability in U.S. dollars to the extent the price of our PowerBuoys™ and cost of raw materials and labor 
are denominated in a foreign currency; 

●  difficulty with staffing and managing widespread operations; 
● 

complexity of, and costs relating to compliance with, the different commercial and legal requirements of the 
overseas markets in which we offer and sell our PowerBuoys™; 
inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights; and 

● 
●  difficulty in enforcing agreements in foreign legal systems. 

Our business in foreign markets requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. Our 
overall success as a global business depends, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social 
and political conditions. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective in each 
location where we do business, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
The  current  economic  environment,  particularly  the  macroeconomic  pressures  in  certain  European  countries,  may  increase 
these risks. 

We anticipate that our contracts with our customers will generally include cancellation for convenience clauses that permit 
our  customers  to  terminate  the  contract  for  their  convenience;  if  a  customer  were  to  terminate  its  contract  with  us  for 
convenience, this could materially adversely affect our business. 

We  anticipate  that  our  contracts  with  our  customers  will  be  structured  as  capital  equipment  contracts  or  capital 
equipment leases, and could include a cancellation for convenience clause, which we believe is relatively standard in these 
types of contracts. Cancellation for convenience clauses allow the customer to cancel the contract or lease at their option without 
cause prior to defined points in time, generally subject to a reasonable notice period. If any of our current or future customers 
were to cancel their contracts with us for convenience, such cancellation could adversely affect our business. 

Risks Related to Product Development and Commercialization 

Our product development costs are substantial and may increase in the future. 

Our  product  development  costs  primarily  relate  to  our  efforts  to  increase  the  output,  durability  and  commercial 
viability of our PowerBuoy™. Our product development costs were $4.3 million and $5.0 million in fiscal 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. It is our goal to fund the majority of our product development expenses, including cost sharing obligations under 
some of our customer contracts, over the next several years with sources of external funding, but we do not currently have any 
such committed sources of funding, and we may not be able to secure any such funding in the future. If we are unable to obtain 
external  funding,  our  operations  may  be  materially  and  adversely  affected,  and  we  may  be  required  to  curtail  our  product 
development expenses, among other consequences. 

20 

 
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We have only manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys™ and to date we have not produced PowerBuoys™ in any 
significant quantity or for commercial production. Our PowerBuoys™ have been used for testing and development and may 
not have a sufficient operating history to confirm how they will perform over their estimated useful life. 

We  began  developing  and  testing  wave  energy  technology  over  15  years  ago.  However,  to  date,  we  have  only 
manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys™ for use in ocean testing and development. The longest continuous in-ocean 
deployment of our PowerBuoy™ was from December 2009 to January 2012 and was an earlier iteration of our PowerBuoy™. 
As  a  result,  our  PowerBuoys™  may  not  have  a  sufficient  operating  history  to  confirm  how  they  will  perform  over  their 
estimated useful life. Our technology may not yet have demonstrated that our engineering and test results can be duplicated in 
volume or in commercial production. We have conducted and plan to continue to conduct practical testing of our PowerBuoy™. 
If our PowerBuoy™ is ultimately proven ineffective or unfeasible, we may not be able to engage in commercial production of 
our  products  or  we  may  become  liable  to  our  customers  for  quantities  we  are  obligated  but  are  unable  to  produce.  If  our 
PowerBuoys™ perform below expectations, we could lose customers and face substantial repair and replacement expenses 
which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We face numerous accident and safety risks and hazards, including extreme environmental hazards, which are inherent in 
offshore operations. 

Portions of our operations are subject to hazards and risks inherent in the building, testing, deploying and maintenance 
of our PowerBuoys™. These hazards and risks could result in personal injuries, loss of life, liberation of a PowerBuoy™ from 
its mooring due to extreme environmental conditions and damage caused by its drifting, and other damages which may include 
damage to our properties, including our PowerBuoy™, and the properties of others and other consequential damages, and could 
lead to the suspension of certain of our operations, large damage claims, damage to our safety reputation and a loss of business. 
Some of these risks may be uninsurable and some claims may exceed our insurance coverage. Therefore, the occurrence of a 
significant accident or other risk event or hazard that is not fully covered by insurance could materially and adversely affect 
our business and financial results and, even if fully covered by insurance, could materially and adversely affect our business 
due to the impact on our reputation for safety. In addition, the risks inherent in our business are such that we cannot assure that 
we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at reasonable rates. 

Our relationships with our strategic partners may not be successful, and we may not be successful in establishing additional 
relationships, either of which could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our products and services. 

An  important  element  of  our  business  strategy  is  to  enter  into  application  development  agreements  and  strategic 
alliances  with companies  committed  to providing products  and  services  which  require  in-ocean  energy sources. Generally, 
these types of relationships obligate us to provide certain services or perform certain tasks in connection with the relationship 
with the alliance partner, and we are generally responsible for paying the costs we incur relating to such services or tasks. These 
relationships generally are not expected to provide us with any revenues or sources of financing. We currently have strategic 
arrangements with WCS and NDBC. If we are unable to reach agreements with additional suitable alliance partners, we may 
fail to meet our business objectives for the commercialization of our PowerBuoys™. We may face significant competition in 
seeking appropriate alliance partners. Moreover, these development agreements and strategic alliances are complex to negotiate 
and time consuming to document. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish additional strategic relationships or other 
alternative arrangements. The terms of any additional strategic relationships or other arrangements that we establish may not 
be favorable to us. Furthermore, even if we are able to find, negotiate and enter into these relationships, such arrangements 
may be conditional upon our receipt of additional funding. There can be no assurance that we will receive such additional 
funding. In addition, strategic relationships may not be successful, and we may be unable to sell and market our PowerBuoys™ 
to these companies, their affiliates and customers in the future, or growth opportunities may not materialize. Any of which 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have limited manufacturing experience. If we are unable to increase our manufacturing capacity in a cost-effective 
manner, our business will be materially harmed. 

We plan to manufacture key components of our PowerBuoys™, including the PTO advanced control and generation 
systems,  while  outsourcing  the  manufacturing  for  other  components  of  our  PowerBuoys™,  including  the  structure  itself. 
However, we have only manufactured our PowerBuoys™ in limited quantities for use in development and testing and have 
limited commercial manufacturing experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on multiple orders on 
time-critical deadlines. Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase both our manufacturing capacity and 
production throughput in a cost-effective and efficient manner, and to manage multiple vendors with several orders on specific 
deadlines.  In  order  to  meet  our  growth  objectives,  we  will  need  to  increase  our  engineering,  contract  management,  and 
manufacturing staff. There is intense competition for hiring qualified technical and engineering personnel, and we have limited 
funding available to retain such additional staff. Therefore, we may not be able to hire a sufficient number of qualified personnel 
to allow us to meet our growth objectives. 

21 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
We may be unable to develop efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that enable us to meet the 
quality, price, engineering, design and production standards or production volumes necessary to successfully commercialize 
our PowerBuoys™. If we cannot do so, we may be unable to expand our business, satisfy our contractual obligations or become 
profitable. Even if we are successful in developing our manufacturing capabilities and processes, we may not be able to do so 
in time to meet our commercialization schedule or satisfy the requirements of our customers. 

Problems with the quality or performance of our PowerBuoys™ would adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Our agreements with customers will generally include guarantees with respect to the quality and performance of our 
PowerBuoys™.  Because of  the  limited  operating history  of our  PowerBuoys™, we  have  been  required  to  make  analytical 
assumptions regarding the durability, reliability and performance of the systems, and we may not be able to predict whether 
and to what extent we may be required to perform under the guarantees that we expect to give our customers. Our assumptions 
could  prove  to  be  materially  different  from  the  actual  performance  of  our  PowerBuoys™,  causing  us  to  incur  substantial 
expense  to  repair  or  replace  defective  systems  in  the  future.  We  will  bear  the  risk  of  claims  long  after  we  have  sold  our 
PowerBuoys™  and  recognized  revenue.  Moreover,  any  widespread  product  failures  could  adversely  affect  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We have not yet deployed a wave power array of two  or more PowerBuoys™ in a single geographic location. If we are 
unable to successfully deploy a multiple-system wave power array, our capability to generate revenues may be limited, and 
we may be unable to achieve and then maintain profitability. 

We  have  not  yet  deployed  a  wave  power  array  of  two  or  more  PowerBuoys™.  Whether  we  are  able  to  do  so  is 
contingent upon, among other things, our ability to manufacture and produce multiple PowerBuoys™ in a short period of time, 
receipt  of  required  governmental  permits,  obtaining  adequate  financing,  successful  array  design  and  implementation  and, 
finally, successful deployment and connection of the PowerBuoys™. 

We have not yet conducted ocean testing or otherwise installed in the ocean a multiple-system wave power array. In 
particular, unlike single-system wave power arrays, multiple-system wave power arrays may require the use of an underwater 
substation to connect the power transmission cables from, and collect the electricity generated by, each PowerBuoy™ in the 
array. We have not yet deployed an underwater substation connected to multiple PowerBuoys™. In addition, unanticipated 
issues may arise with the logistics and mechanics of deploying and maintaining multiple PowerBuoys™ at a single site and the 
additional equipment associated with these multiple system wave power arrays. 

The development and deployment of an array of PowerBuoys™ could require us to incur significant expenses for 
preliminary engineering, permitting and other expenses before we can determine whether a project is feasible, economically 
attractive or capable of being financed. We may be unsuccessful in accomplishing any of these tasks or doing so on a timely 
basis. 

Our future success in our selected markets depends in part on our ability to achieve cost savings over existing and incumbent 
solutions.  If  we  are  unable  to  achieve  cost  savings  relating  to  our  PowerBuoy™,  the  commercial  prospects  for  our 
PowerBuoy™ may be adversely affected. 

Our goal is to commercialize our PowerBuoy™. Our success in meeting this objective depends, in part, on our ability 
to provide energy to our prospective customers at a cost savings over existing and incumbent power solutions already being 
utilized  by  our  customers  and  potential  customers.  We  have  experienced  problems  and  delays  in  the  development  and 
deployment of our PowerBuoy™ in the past, and could experience similar delays or other difficulties in the future. If we are 
unable to demonstrate to our prospective customers that our PowerBuoy™ is cost competitive with existing alternative power 
sources,  or  if  it  takes  us  longer  to  do  so  than  we  anticipate,  we  may  be  unable  to  continue  our  business,  achieve 
commercialization  of  our  PowerBuoy™,  achieve  a  competitive  position,  satisfy  our  contractual  obligations,  or  become 
profitable. In addition, if the costs associated with these development efforts exceed our projections, our results of operations 
will be materially and adversely affected. 

22 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property 

If we are unable to obtain or maintain intellectual property rights relating to our technology and products, the commercial 
value of our technology and products may be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to obtain protection in the U.S. and other countries 
for our products by establishing and maintaining intellectual property rights relating to or incorporated into our technology and 
products. We own a variety of patents and patent applications in the U.S. and corresponding patents and patent applications in 
several foreign jurisdictions. However, we have not obtained patent protection in each market in which we plan to compete. In 
addition, we do not know how successful we would be should we choose to assert our patents against suspected infringers and 
we do not know what the cost to do so would be. Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents or, if 
issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Even if issued, patents may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated 
or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing similar products or limit the length of term 
of patent protection we may have for our products. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. 
and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which 
could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology 
and products could be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

In  addition  to  patented  technology,  we  rely  upon  unpatented  proprietary  technology,  processes  and  know-how, 
particularly with respect to our PowerBuoy™ control and electricity generating systems. We generally seek to protect this 
information in part by confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. These agreements may be 
breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become 
known or be independently developed by competitors. 

Foreign laws may not afford us sufficient protections for our intellectual property, and we may not be able to obtain patent 
protection outside of the United States. 

Intellectual  property  rights  protection  continues  to  present  significant  challenges  to  foreign  businesses  in  many 
countries around the world. The body of law is often relatively undeveloped compared to the commercial law in the United 
States and only limited protection of intellectual property may be available in those jurisdictions. Although we have taken 
precautions to protect our intellectual property, any local design or manufacture of products that we undertake in a foreign 
jurisdiction could subject us to an increased risk that unauthorized parties will be able to copy or otherwise obtain or use our 
intellectual property, which could harm our business. We may also have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter patent 
or trademark infringement. If we are unable to manage our intellectual property rights, our business and operating results may 
be seriously harmed. 

If we infringe or are alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights of third parties, our business, financial 
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our products or use of our trademarks may infringe, or be claimed to infringe, upon patents, patent applications or 
trademarks  under  which  we  do  not  hold  licenses  or  other  rights.  Third  parties  may  own  or  control  these  patents,  patent 
applications or trademarks in the United States and abroad. From time to time, we receive correspondence from third parties 
offering to license patents to us. Correspondence of this nature might be used to establish that we received notice of certain 
patents in the event of subsequent patent infringement litigation. Third parties could bring claims against us that would cause 
us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if 
a patent or trademark infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay manufacturing or sales of 
the product or component that is the subject of the suit. 

As a result of patent or trademark infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be 
required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay license fees, royalties or both. These licenses may not be 
available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could 
result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be forced to cease some aspect 
of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent or trademark infringement claims, we are unable to enter 
into licenses on acceptable terms. This could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

23 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other types of patent or trademark litigation 
and  other  proceedings,  including  proceedings  declared  by  the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  and  proceedings  in  the 
European Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. The cost to us of 
any patent or trademark litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. In addition, if we 
were to license our intellectual property to others, we may be required to indemnify our licensee if the licensed intellectual 
property is found to be infringing on a third party’s rights. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such 
litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. 

Our  contracts  with  governmental  entities  could  negatively  affect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  ability  to 
commercialize our products could be impaired. 

Our  agreements  with government  agencies  in  large  part  fund  the  research  and development  of our PowerBuoy™. 
When new technologies are developed with U.S. government funding, the government obtains certain rights in any resulting 
patents, technical data and software, generally including, at a minimum, a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to 
use the invention, technical data or software for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose 
our confidential information to third parties and to exercise “march-in” rights. March-in rights refer to the right of the U.S. 
government to require us to grant a license to the technology to a responsible applicant or, if we refuse, the government may 
grant the license itself. U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government and U.S. government funding 
must be disclosed in any resulting patent applications; our rights in such inventions will normally be subject to government 
license rights, periodic post-contract utilization reporting, foreign manufacturing restrictions and march-in rights. 

The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve 
practical application of the technology or because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements 
of federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. Our government-sponsored research contracts are subject to audit 
and require that we provide regular written technical updates on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis, and, at the conclusion of 
the research contract, a final report on the results of our technical research. Because these reports are generally available to the 
public, third parties may obtain some aspects of our sensitive confidential information. Moreover, if we fail to provide these 
reports or to provide accurate or complete reports, the government may obtain rights to any intellectual property arising from 
the related research. Funding from government contracts also may limit when and how we can deploy our technology developed 
under those contracts. Foreign governments with which we contract to provide funding for our research and development may 
seek similar rights. 

Risks Related to Regulatory and Compliance Matters 

If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  all  necessary  regulatory  permits  and  approvals,  it  could  be  possible  we  will  not  be  able  to 
implement our planned projects or business plan. 

Offshore  deployment  of  our  PowerBuoy™  is  heavily  regulated.  Each  of  our  deployments  is  subject  to  multiple 
permitting and approval requirements. We are dependent on state, federal and regional government agencies for such permits 
and approvals. Due to the unique nature of in-ocean power generation and the associated potential for environmental hazards 
of PowerBuoy™ deployment, we expect our projects to receive close scrutiny by permitting agencies, approval authorities and 
the public, which could result in substantial delay in the permitting process. Successful challenges by any parties opposed to 
our deployments could result in increased costs, or in the denial of necessary permits and approvals. 

If we are unable to obtain necessary permits and approvals in connection with any or all of our projects, those projects 
would not be implemented and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. Further, 
we cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with all such permits and approvals. If 
we violate or fail to comply with these permits and approvals, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. 

24 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
In the event we are unable to satisfy regulatory requirements relating to internal control over financial reporting, or if our 
internal controls are not effective, our business and financial results may suffer. 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports 
and to effectively prevent fraud. Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by management 
on internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such control. Internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements  because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  including  the 
possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can 
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. In addition, 
projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the 
risk that the control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement 
new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be 
harmed, we could fail to meet our reporting obligations, and there could also be a material adverse effect on our stock price. 

Our business could suffer as a result of the United Kingdom’s decision to end its membership in the European Union 

The  decision  of  the  United  Kingdom  (U.K.)  to  exit  from  the  European  Union  (E.U.)  (generally  referred  to  as 
“BREXIT”) could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business, including affecting our relationships 
with existing and potential customers, suppliers and employees. The effects of BREXIT will depend on any agreements the 
U.K.  makes  to  retain  access  to  E.U.  markets  either  during  a  transitional  period  or  more  permanently.  The  measures  could 
potentially  disrupt some  of  our  target  markets  and jurisdictions  in which we operate, and  adversely change  tax benefits or 
liabilities in these or other jurisdictions. In addition, BREXIT could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national 
laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. BREXIT also may create global economic 
uncertainty, which may cause our customers and potential customers to monitor their costs and reduce their budgets for our 
products and services. Any of these effects of BREXIT, among others, could materially adversely affect our business, business 
opportunities, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

Business activities conducted by our third-party contractors and us involve the use of hazardous materials, which require 
compliance with environmental and occupational safety laws regulating the use of such materials. If we violate these laws, 
we could be subject to significant fines, liabilities or other adverse consequences. 

Our  manufacturing  operations,  particularly  some  of  the  activities  undertaken  by  our  third-party  suppliers  and 
manufacturers, involve the controlled use of hazardous materials. Accordingly, our third-party contractors and we are subject 
to foreign, federal, state and local laws governing the protection of the environment and human health and safety, including 
those  relating  to  the  use,  handling  and  disposal  of  these  materials.  We  cannot  completely  eliminate  the  risk  of  accidental 
contamination or injury from these hazardous materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with environmental or 
health and safety laws and regulations, we could be held liable for resulting damages, including damages to natural resources, 
fines and penalties, and any such liability could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over 
time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance, we cannot assure you that 
environmental laws and regulations will not change or become more stringent in the future. Therefore, we cannot assure you 
that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and any liabilities arising from 
past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not adversely affect our business, financial condition or 
results of operations. 

25 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Risks Related to Litigation 

We are the subject of pending litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend, and if decided against us, could 
require us to pay substantial judgments or settlements. We may be the subject of future securities or other litigation, which 
could adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. 

We are the subject of certain pending litigation. Any litigation is costly and time consuming to defend and may distract 
our management from the daily operations of our business. We may be the subject of additional future litigation, which could 
adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. Although we maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage, 
we  cannot  assure  you  that  this  insurance  coverage  will  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  substantial  fees  of  lawyers  and  other 
professionals advisors relating to these pending lawsuits or any future litigation, our obligations to indemnify our officers and 
directors who may become parties to such pending and future actions, or the amount of any judgments or settlements that we 
may be obligated to pay in connection with these lawsuits. In addition, these actions have caused our insurance premiums and 
retention amounts to increase, and we may be subject to additional increases in the future or be subjected to other changes in 
our insurance coverages. Further, given the volatility of the market price of our Common Stock, we may be subject to future 
class action securities and other litigation. Accordingly, we have incurred and may continue to incur substantial legal expenses, 
judgments and/or settlements relating to pending and future litigation and our management’s time and attention may be diverted 
from the operation of our business, which could materially and adversely affect the Company. 

We may become the target of additional securities litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend. 

In the past, companies that experience significant volatility in the market price of their publicly-traded securities have 
become subject to class action securities litigation.  Our stock price has been volatile, and class action securities litigation and 
derivative lawsuits have been filed against us and it is possible that additional lawsuits could be brought against us in the future. 
The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. These lawsuits assert types of claims that, if resolved against 
us, could give rise to substantial damages, and an unfavorable outcome or settlement of these lawsuits, or any future lawsuits, 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or stock price. Even if any 
future  lawsuits,  are  not  resolved  against  us,  the  costs  of  defending  such  lawsuits  may  be  material  to  our  business  and  our 
operations. Moreover, these lawsuits may  divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. For more 
information on our legal proceedings, see Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report and Note 14 “Commitments and 
Contingencies – Litigation” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

If we issue additional shares of our equity securities in the future, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution in 
the value of their investment or their ownership interest. 

Our certificate of incorporation currently authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our Common Stock and to 
issue and designate the rights of, without stockholder approval, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. In the future, in order 
to  raise  additional  capital,  we  may  offer  additional  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  or  other  securities  convertible  into  or 
exchangeable for our Common Stock at prices that may not be the same as the price per share paid by other investors, and 
dilution to our stockholders in the value of their investment and their ownership and voting interest in the Company could 
result. We may sell shares or other securities in any other offering at a price per share that is less than the price per share paid 
by existing investors, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing 
stockholders. 

In addition, we have a significant number of stock options and warrants outstanding. To the extent that outstanding 
stock options or warrants have been or may be exercised or other shares issued, current stockholders and future investors who 
have purchased our Common Stock will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due 
to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating 
plans.  To  the  extent  that  we  issue  new  securities,  or  raise  additional  capital  through  the  sale  of  equity  or  convertible  debt 
securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders or result in downward pressure on 
the price of our Common Stock. 

26 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Historically, our stock price has been volatile and this is likely to continue; purchasers of our Common Stock could incur 
substantial losses as a result. 

Historically, the market price of our Common Stock has fluctuated significantly, and we expect that this will continue. 
Purchasers of our Common Stock could incur substantial losses relating to their investment in our stock as a result. For the 
fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, the 52-week high and low prices for our Common Stock was $1.02 and $2.54, respectively. 
Also, the stock market in general has recently experienced volatility that has often been unrelated or disproportionate to the 
operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations could result in fluctuations in the price of our 
Common Stock, which could cause purchasers of our Common Stock to incur substantial losses. The market price for our 
Common Stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

●  developments in our business or with respect to our projects;  
the success of competitive products or technologies; 
● 
● 
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries; 
●  developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights; 
● 
●  quarterly or annual variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar 

the recruitment or departure of key personnel; 

to us; 

●  market  conditions  in  the  conventional  and  renewable  energy  industries  and  issuance  of  new  or  changed 

securities analysts’ reports or recommendations; 
the failure of securities analysts to cover our Common Stock or changes in financial estimates by analysts; 
the inability to meet the financial estimates of analysts who follow our Common Stock; 
investor perception of our company and of our targeted markets; and 

● 
● 
● 
●  general economic, political and market conditions. 

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may delay or prevent attempts by our stockholders 
to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us. 

As a result of our reincorporation in Delaware in April 2007, provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws 
may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, 
including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions may 
also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include: 

● 
● 
● 

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; 
the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings; and 
the ability of our Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without 
stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock 
ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by 
our Board of Directors. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to amend 
or repeal the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent the approval of our Board of Directors, 
our bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital 
stock entitled to vote. 

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation 
from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, which is generally a person who together with its 
affiliates owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the 
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed 
manner. Accordingly, Section 203 may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. 

If securities or industry analysts fail to cover us, or do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research 
about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our Common Stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts 
may publish about us, our business or our industry from time to time. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our 
company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause 
the price or trading volume of our Common Stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company 
downgrade our Common Stock or release a negative report, or if our operating results do not meet analyst expectations, the 
price of our Common Stock could decline. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
We  have  never  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock,  and  we  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  in  the 
foreseeable future. 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, 
if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude 
us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Common Stock will be the sole source of gain for our 
stockholders for the foreseeable future. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our corporate headquarters are currently located in Monroe Township, New Jersey, where we occupy approximately 
56,000  square  feet  under  a  lease  expiring  on  October  31,  2024.  We  use  this  facility  for  administration,  research  and 
development, as well as assembly and testing of the generators and control models for our PowerBuoy™ systems. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Shareholder Litigation and Demands 

The Company and certain of its current and former directors and officers were defendants in a derivative lawsuit filed 
on March 18, 2015 in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey captioned Labare v. Dunleavy, et. al., Case 
No. 3:15-cv-01980-FLW-LHG. The derivative complaint alleged claims for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross 
mismanagement and unjust enrichment relating to the now terminated agreement between Victorian Wave Partners Pty. Ltd. 
(VWP) and the Australian Renewable Energy Agency (ARENA) for the development of a wave power station. The derivative 
complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. 

On July 10, 2015, a second derivative lawsuit, captioned Rywolt v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:15-cv-05469, was 
filed by another shareholder against the same defendants in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey 
alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment relating to 
the now terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Rywolt complaint also sought unspecified monetary damages 
and other relief. On February 8, 2016, the Court issued an order consolidating the Labare and Rywolt actions, appointing co-
lead plaintiffs and lead counsel, and ordering a consolidated amended complaint to be filed within 30 days of the order. On 
March 9, 2016, the co-lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint consolidating their claims and seeking unspecified monetary 
damages and other relief. 

On April 21, 2016, a third derivative lawsuit, captioned LaCalamito v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:16-cv-02249, was 
filed by  another  shareholder  against certain  current  and former  directors  and officers  of  the  Company in  the United States 
District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty relating to the now terminated 
agreement between VWP and ARENA. The LaCalamito complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. The 
Company was not formally served and did not respond to the complaint. 

On June 9, 2016, a fourth derivative lawsuit, captioned Pucillo v. Dunleavy, et al., was filed by another shareholder 
against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United States District Court for the District of 
New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and abuse of control relating to the now 
terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Pucillo complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other 
relief. On August 2, 2016, the parties in the Pucillo lawsuit filed a Stipulation and Proposed Order pursuant to which: (i) the 
defendants agreed to accept service of the Pucillo complaint; (ii) the parties agreed to stay the Pucillo action pending the filing 
and resolution of a motion to consolidate the Pucillo action with the Labare and Rywolt actions; and (iii) the parties agreed that 
the defendants shall not be required to respond to the Pucillo complaint during the pendency of the stay. The Court approved 
the Stipulation on August 3, 2016. 

On October 25, 2016, the Court approved and entered a Stipulation and Order that, among other things, (i) consolidated 
the four derivative actions; (ii) identified plaintiff Pucillo as the lead plaintiff in the consolidated actions; and (iii) stayed the 
consolidated actions pending the November 14, 2016 settlement hearing in the now-settled securities class action and further 
order of the Court. 

28 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On  October  23,  2017,  the  parties  entered  into  a  Stipulation  and  Agreement  of  Settlement  to  resolve  the  four 
consolidated derivative lawsuits. The settlement provided for, among other things, the Company to implement certain corporate 
governance changes, a $350,000 payment to the plaintiffs’ attorneys for attorneys’ fees and costs that will be made by the 
Company’s insurance carrier, dismissal of the derivative lawsuits, and certain releases. On November 21, 2017, the plaintiffs 
filed an unopposed motion seeking preliminary approval of the settlement, which the Court granted on March 9, 2018. On May 
14, 2018, the Court held a final settlement approval hearing at which the Court stated that it was approving the settlement. On 
June 13, 2018, the Court issued a Final Order and Judgement, approving the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement. As of 
April  30,  2018,  the  Company  has  accrued  $350,000  related  to  this  matter  as  a  probable  and  reasonably  estimable  loss 
contingency with the offset to Statement of Operations. The Company also recorded a receivable of $350,000 from its insurance 
carrier with the offset to the Statement of Operations. 

On  May  26,  2017,  an  attorney  claiming  to  represent  two  stockholders  sent  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  a 
Stockholder Litigation Demand letter (“Stockholder Demand”). The Stockholder Demand alleges that the voting of shares for 
the 1-for-10 reverse stock split at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders held on October 22, 2015 was not properly counted, 
and further alleges that, although the Company reported the reverse stock split as having been passed, if the vote was properly 
counted the reverse stock split would not have been approved. The Stockholder Demand requests the Board of Directors either 
to deem the reverse stock split as ineffective and disclose the same or to seek a proper and effective stockholder ratification of 
the reverse stock split. In addition, the Stockholder Demand requests the Board of Directors to adopt and implement adequate 
internal controls and systems to prevent the alleged improper voting from recurring. On June 23, 2017, the Company responded 
to the Stockholder Demand, explained the procedures that were followed for the 2015  annual meeting of stockholders and 
provided the Oath of the Inspector of Elections and the Certificate of the Inspector of Elections that certified as accurate the 
results  of  the  voting  at  the  meeting  including  voting  on  the  reverse  stock  split  proposal.  On  June  26,  2017,  the  attorney 
representing the alleged stockholders replied to the Company’s response, further alleged that the proxy statement underlying 
the 2015 annual meeting provided voting instructions that misled the stockholders regarding whether their brokers could vote 
on  the  reverse  stock  split  proposal  and  renewed  their  requests  of  the  Board.  On  July  24,2017,  the  Company  provided  an 
additional response to the Stockholder Demand, denied the allegations, and declined to take any of the actions requested. 

On June 13, 2018, Tiderunner Marine, Inc. filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New 
Jersey captioned Tiderunner Marine, Inc. v. Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 1:18-cv-10496. The complaint names 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as defendant and alleges claims for breach of contract, unjust enrichment, conversion, and 
fraud, negligent and/or reckless misrepresentation all as associated with the removal of an OPT mooring system off the coast 
of New Jersey that was completed in May 2017. The complaint seeks damages in the amount of $2,825,130 together with 
interest, costs, attorney’s fees, punitive damages and such other relief as may be appropriate under the circumstances. OPT has 
retained counsel, is investigating the claims, and has not yet responded to the lawsuit. 

Employment Litigation 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from his 
position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he had 
retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 2014, 
Mr. Dunleavy resigned from the Board and the boards of directors of the Company's subsidiaries. In 2014, the Company and 
Mr. Dunleavy have agreed to suspend his alleged employment claims pending resolution of a class action shareholder litigation 
(resolved in May 2017) and then agreed to continue to the suspension pending resolution of the derivative litigation described 
(resolved in June 2018. As of the filing of this report, the claims are still suspended. 

Except for the Stipulation agreement noted previously, we have not established any provision for losses relating to 
these claims and pending litigation. Due to the stages of these proceedings, and considering the inherent uncertainty of these 
claims and litigation, at this time we are not able to predict or reasonably estimate whether we have any possible loss exposure 
or the ultimate outcome of these claims. 

Regulatory Matters 

SEC Investigation 

On April 30, 2018, the Company received a letter from the SEC staff in the Philadelphia regional office announcing 
that the SEC had concluded its investigation of the Company. The investigation began on February 4, 2015, when the Company 
received a subpoena from the SEC requesting information related to the discontinued VWP Project in Australia. On July 12, 
2016, the SEC issued second subpoena requesting information related to the Company’s April 4, 2014 public offering. The 
Company  provided  information  to  the  SEC  in  response  to  both  subpoenas  and  cooperated  with  the  SEC  throughout  its 
investigation. In its letter of April 30, 2018, the SEC stated that it does not intend to recommend an enforcement action by the 
SEC against the Company. 

29 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Spain IVA (sales tax) 

In June 2012, the Company received notice that the Spanish tax authorities are inquiring into its 2010 IVA (value-
added tax) filing for which the Company benefitted from the offset of approximately $0.3 million of input tax. The Company 
believed that the tax credit was properly claimed and, therefore, no liability was recorded. The Company issued two letters of 
credit  totaling  €0.3  million  ($0.3  million) at  the  request of  the  Spanish  tax  authorities.  On  January  31,  2017  the  Company 
received $0.2 million from the Spanish tax authorities as a result of the conclusion of the inquiry. In addition, during February 
2017, the Spanish tax authorities approved release of the two outstanding letters of credit. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

We are currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when our Spanish branch 
was closed. The branch reported net operating losses for each of the years reported that the Spanish tax inspector claims should 
have been capitalized on the balance sheet instead of charged as an expense in the Statement of Operations. As of April 30, 
2017, we had recorded a penalty of $132,000 to Selling, general and administrative costs in the Statement of Operations. The 
Spanish tax inspector has recently closed its discussion relating to the capitalization of expenses and as of April 30, 2018 the 
Company reversed the penalty. However, the Spanish tax inspector has now raised questions with respect to the Company’s 
recognition of funds received in 2011 to 2014 from a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with 
the Waveport project. It is anticipated that we will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. We have estimated this 
penalty to be $177,000 as of April 30, 2018. We have recorded the penalty to Selling, general and administrative costs in the 
Statement of Operations. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

None. 

PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Stock Price Information and Stockholders 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, under the symbol “OPTT.” As of June 29, 2018, there 
were 161 holders of record for shares of our common stock. Since a portion of our common stock is held in “street” or nominee 
name, we are unable to determine the exact number of beneficial holders. 

The following table sets forth the high and the low sale prices of our common stock as quoted by the NASDAQ Stock 

Market for the period indicated. 

NASDAQ Stock Market 
Low 
High 

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2018 
First quarter ended July 31, 2017 ........................................................     $ 
Second quarter ended October 31, 2017 .............................................       
Third quarter ended January 31, 2018 ................................................       
Fourth quarter ended April 30, 2018 ...................................................       

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2017 
First quarter ended July 31, 2016 ........................................................     $ 
Second quarter ended October 31, 2016 .............................................       
Third quarter ended January 31, 2017 ................................................       
Fourth quarter ended April 30, 2017 ...................................................       

1.62     $ 
2.54       
1.32       
1.52       

15.65     $ 
10.48       
5.89       
3.67       

1.20   
1.14   
1.02   
1.05   

1.37   
2.29   
2.00   
1.33   

30 

  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
     
        
    
  
     
        
    
     
        
    
  
 
 
Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently anticipate declaring 
or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, 
if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will 
be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital 
requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that our board of 
directors may deem relevant. 

Transfer Agent Information 

Our transfer agent is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Computershare is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, 
MA 02021-1011. Its contact information is: United States and Canada: (800) 662 – 7232, International (781) 575 – 4238 and 
its website is located at www.computershare.com. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table details our share repurchases for the three months ended April 30, 2018: 

Period 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share      

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans     

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Plan 

February 1 - February 28 .......................                             -      $                       -     
-     
March 1 - March 31 ...............................       
-     
April 1 - April 30 ...................................       

-      $ 
-      $ 

                  -     
-     
-     

-   
                            -   
-   

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

See  “Part  III,  Item  12-  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners,  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 

Matters- Equity Compensation Plan Information.” 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds  

There have been no unregistered sales of equity securities or purchases of equity securities that are required to be 

disclosed. 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM  7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 
OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together 
with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  information  with  respect  to  our  plans  and  strategy  for  our  business  and  related 
financing,  includes  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks and uncertainties. You  should  review  the “Risk Factors” 
section of this Annual Report, and elsewhere in this report, for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results 
to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  the  following 
discussion and analysis. Our fiscal year ends on April 30. References to fiscal 2018 are to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Overview 

We are commercializing proprietary systems that generate electricity by harnessing the renewable energy of ocean 
waves. Our PowerBuoy™ systems use proprietary technologies to convert the mechanical energy created by the rising and 
falling  of  ocean  waves  into  electricity.  We  currently  have  developed  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  product.  Since  fiscal  2002, 
government agencies have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues, which were largely for the support of our product 
development efforts. Our goal is that an increased portion of our revenues will be from the sale of products and services, as 
compared  to  revenue  from  grants  to  support  our  product  development  efforts.  As  we  continue  to  advance  our  proprietary 
technologies, we expect to have a net use of cash in operating activities unless or until we achieve positive cash flow from the 
commercialization of our products and services. 

We are marketing our PowerBuoy™, which is designed to generate power for use independent of the power grid, to 
customers  that  require  electricity  in  remote  locations.  We  believe  there  are  a  variety  of  potential  applications  for  our 
PowerBuoy™, within markets such as oil and gas, ocean observing, security and defense and as well as other markets, which 
we refer to collectively as autonomous application markets. 

We  were  incorporated  in  New  Jersey  in  1984,  began  business  operations  in  1994,  and  were  re-incorporated  in 
Delaware in 2007. We currently have five wholly-owned subsidiaries: Ocean Power Technologies Ltd., organized under the 
laws of the United Kingdom, Reedsport OPT Wave Park LLC, organized under the laws of Oregon, and Oregon Wave Energy 
Partners I, LLC, organized under the laws of Delaware, Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty Ltd (“OPTA”), organized 
under the laws of Australia. OPTA owns 100% of Victorian Wave Partners Pty. Ltd. (“VWP”), which is also organized under 
the laws of Australia. 

Product Development 

The  development  of  our  technology  has  been  funded  by  revenue  generating  projects,  capital  we  raised  and  by 
development engineering contracts we received starting in fiscal 1995, including projects with the DOE, the U.S. Navy, the 
Department of Homeland Security and MES. Please see Item 1 of this Annual Report– “Business – Customers” and “Historic 
Projects” for more information. 

Through these historic projects, we also continued development of our PowerBuoy™ technologies. We are continuing 

to focus on marketing and developing our PowerBuoy™ products and services for use in autonomous power applications. 

During fiscal 2018, we continued to focus on the commercialization of our PowerBuoy™ technology, while expanding 
the  application  of  our  PB3  product  in  autonomous  application  markets.  During  fiscal  2018,  we  gained  additional  field 
experience with our PB3 by completing the demonstration of the PowerBuoy™ in an ocean observing application with MES. 
In January 2018, we were awarded a contract from Premier Oil to study the feasibility of using the PB3 PowerBuoy™ for 
decommissioning operations in the North Sea. The work under this contract was completed in May 2018. In March 2018, we 
entered into an agreement with Eni S.p.A. (“Eni”) that provides for a minimum 24-month contract that includes an 18-month 
PB3 PowerBuoy™ lease and associated project management. The PB3 PowerBuoy™ will be deployed in the Adriatic Sea to 
advance  Eni’s  Clean  Sea  technology  for  marine  environmental  monitoring  and  offshore  asset  inspection  using  AUVs. 
Additionally, we completed the Phase I work under the contract with the U.S. Department of Defense Office of Naval Research 
(“ONR”), which focused on the initial concept design and development of a mass-on-spring PTO-based PowerBuoy™. We are 
waiting for ONR funding of Phase II to be approved. Working closely with potential customers, we also continued to analyze 
and further develop new applications for the PowerBuoy™ including subsea well monitoring for oil and gas, AUV charging, 
and independent telecommunications platforms. 

In fiscal 2017, we completed our work under our DOE contract that focused on further optimization of our modular 
PTO technology and delivered the project final report to the DOE in the prior year. In the prior year, we successfully completed 
the final stage and associated review with the DOE of the contract deliverables during which the DOE reviewed advancements 
related to PTO design aspects such as reliability, cost take out, manufacturability and scalability. As we continued to focus on 
the  development  and  validation  of  our  PB3  PowerBuoy™  commercial  product,  our  activities  concentrated  mainly  on 
implementing all of our lessons learned during our efforts in the prior fiscal year from our ocean deployments and accelerated 
life testing (“ALT”). The resulting improved PB3 PowerBuoy™ was deployed off the coast of New Jersey in July of 2016 and 
was retrieved early December 2016 upon completing all intended testing and validation. Inspection and refurbishment of the 
PB3  PowerBuoy™  were  completed  and  this  PB3  was  shipped  for  delivery  to  MES  in  Japan  where  it  was  deployed  off 
Kozushima Island in the Pacific Ocean from April 2017 and was retrieved in mid-September 2017 after successfully fulfilling 
the requirements of our lease with MES. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ALT  of  the  PB3  commercial  PTO  is  ongoing  with  no  failures  to  date.  In  addition  to  the  deployment  of  the  PB3 
PowerBuoy™,  the  prior  generation  pre-commercial  PB3  (“PB3-A1”),  was  fitted  with  a  sensor  that  collects  tagged  marine 
mammal migration information as well as with a Self-Contained Ocean Observing Payload (“SCOOP”). The marine mammal 
migration detection sensor was attached to the PB3-A1 PowerBuoy™ as part of an agreed scope of work with the Wildlife 
Conservation  Society  (“WCS”)  through  a  memorandum  of  agreement  between  WCS  and  OPT.  The  SCOOP  payload  was 
integrated  into  PB3-A1  to  complete  the  Phase  1  work  scope  of  a  Cooperative  Research  and  Development  Agreement 
(“CRADA”) between the National Data Buoy Center (“NDBC”) and OPT. The PB3-A1, deployed off the coast of New Jersey 
in May 2016, was retrieved in October 2016. From July 2016 through October 2016, both PB3-A1 and PB3 were concurrently 
deployed  generating  valuable  performance  validation  data.  Both  the  NDBC  SCOOP  as  well  as  the  WCS  tagged  mammal 
migration detection sensor met all of their performance requirements. This pre-commercial PowerBuoy™, referred to as “PB3-
A1” has now undergone a full upgrade and has achieved full commercial status by retrofitting it with the final commercial PTO 
including our modular energy storage system, and to make it available to support our on-going commercialization efforts. In 
addition  to  the  PB3  commercial  product  validation  activities,  a  concerted  effort  has  been  underway  which  focuses  on 
proactively implementing additional features driven by extensive and direct discussions with potential users and customers in 
our target markets. Such features include: 

●  The  design,  development  and  implementation  of  a  versatile  mooring  interface  that  allows  the  PB3  to 
accommodate  various  types  of  mooring  configurations  depending  on  the  specifics  and  the  needs  of  the 
customer, eliminating the need for a redesign to the device.  

●  The design, development and implementation of a flexible power transmission system intended to support 
delivery  of  power  and  communication  capabilities  to  customer  payloads  which  are  external  to  the 
PowerBuoy™, and which may reside in the water column or on the seabed. 

Additionally, and building upon our initial success in implementing an auto-ballast system in our commercial PB3, 

we further enhanced this feature in order to achieve faster and more cost effective PB3 deployments and retrievals. 

As we are focusing all resources on enhancing and commercializing our PB3, we have curtailed the development of 
our PB15, the next scale-up of our autonomous PowerBuoy™, which will provide higher peak power than our PB3. To date 
we completed the preliminary design of our PB15 and are continuing to obtain market feedback on the value proposition of 
this  design.  While  this  scale-up  leverages  every  aspect  of  the product  development  and  validation of  the  PB3,  it  may  also 
strategically  position  the  product  to  allow  OPT  to  respond  to  higher  power  needs  as  expressed  by  potential  end-users  and 
customers in our target markets. 

As previously stated, the PB3 has achieved commercial status through a series of design iterations which focused on 
improving  its  reliability  and  survivability  in  the  ocean  environment.  Though  the  PB3  will  continue  to  undergo  further 
enhancements  through  customary  product  life  cycle  management,  we  believe  the  PB3  has  achieved  a  maturity  level  for 
immediate commercial use. We believe that the PB3 will generate and store sufficient power to address various application 
requirements in our target markets. Our product development and engineering efforts are focused, in part, on increasing the 
energy output and efficiency of our PowerBuoys™ and, if we are able to do so, we believe the PowerBuoy™ would be useful 
for additional applications where cost savings and additional power are required by our potential customers. We continue to 
explore opportunities in these target markets. We believe that by demonstrating the capability of our PowerBuoy™ in oil & 
gas and telecommunications applications, we can advance our technology and gain further adoption from our target markets. 
We  continue  to  improve design  and  manufacturing of  the  PB3  to  enhance  our  ability  to  improve  customer  value,  displace 
additional incumbent solutions, and become the preferred power source for new and existing applications in our target markets. 

We  are  utilizing  our  experience  with  multiple  commercial  PB3  deployments  globally  to  continually  improve  our 
product so that we have higher energy efficiency, additional mooring capability, platform flexibility and higher reliability. For 
example, the redesigned PB3 leverages our knowledge base from past designs to incorporate new design features which we 
believe will improve its reliability and efficiency, including a redesigned PTO and a higher efficiency and higher voltage ESS. 
In July 2016, we deployed our first commercial PB3 PowerBuoy™, off of the coast of New Jersey. This deployment was the 
final validation of the PB3 prior to the March 2017 seven-month lease of the PB3 PowerBuoy™ under a previously announced 
customer agreement. In April 2017, our commercial PB3 was deployed off the coast of Kozushima Island in Japan as part of 
this lease, operated meeting all project requirements. The MES lease concluded in September 2017 and the PB3 was shipped 
back to New Jersey. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Capital Raises 

On June 2, 2016, we entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 (as amended, 
the  “Purchase  Agreement”)  with  certain  institutional  purchasers  (the  “Purchasers”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Purchase 
Agreement, we sold an aggregate of 417,000 shares of common stock together with warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 
145,952 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock was sold together with a warrant to purchase 0.35 of a share of 
common  stock  at  a  combined  purchase  price  of  $4.60.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  to  us  were  approximately  $1.7 
million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but excluding the proceeds, if 
any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The warrants have an exercise price of $6.08 per share, will be 
exercisable on December 8, 2016, and will expire five years following the date of issuance. 

On  July  22,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Second  Amendment  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “July Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the Second Amended 
Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 595,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to purchase 
up to an aggregate of 178,500 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a warrant to 
purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $6.75. The net proceeds to the Company from the 
offering were approximately $3.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by 
the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The Warrants were 
exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $9.36 per share. The Warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the 
initial date of issuance. 

On  October  19,  2016,  the  Company  sold  2,760,000  shares  of  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.75  per  share,  which 
includes the sale of 360,000 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of 
the over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $6.9 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 6,192,750 shares of common stock at a price of $1.30 per share, which includes 
the sale of 807,750 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-
allotment  option  by  the  underwriters  in  a  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 5,739,437 shares of common stock at a price of $1.42 per share in a best 
efforts public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $7.4 million, after deducting 
placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. If additional funds 
are raised through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights senior to those associated 
with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We do not have any committed sources 
of debt or equity financing and we cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us 
when needed, or at all. If we are unable to obtain required financing when needed, we may be required to reduce the scope of 
our operations, including our planned product development and marketing efforts, which could materially and adversely affect 
our financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to secure additional financing, we may be forced to cease our 
operations. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2018, our negotiated backlog was $0.7 million. As of April 30, 2017, our negotiated backlog was $0.3 
million. Our backlog can include both funded amounts, which are unfilled firm orders for our products and services for which 
funding has been both authorized and appropriated by the customer (U.S. Congress, in the case of U.S. Government agencies), 
and unfunded amounts, which are unfilled firm orders for which funding has not been appropriated. If any of our contracts 
were to be terminated, our backlog would be reduced by the expected value of the remaining terms of such contract. 

The  amount  of  contract  backlog  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  revenue  because  modifications  to,  or 
terminations  of  present  contracts  and  production  delays  can  provide  additional  revenue  or  reduce  anticipated  revenue.  A 
substantial portion of our revenue has been for the support of our product development efforts. These revenues are recognized 
using  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  and  changes  in  estimates  from  time  to  time  may  have  a  significant  effect  on 
revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations from time to time due to the timing of new awards. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Going Concern  

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $197.5 million at April 
30, 2018. Based on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances as of April 30, 2018, the 
Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2019, 
including $0.6 million of payments due by August 30, 2018 as a return of an option fee due to ineligibility for certain emission 
credits. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended April 30, 2018, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, based on, among 
other factors, that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional external capital 
and increase revenues. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. 
Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to generate revenues, become profitable, raise additional outside 
capital or to continue as a going concern. If we are not successful in our efforts to raise additional capital sufficient to support 
our operations, we would be forced to cease operations, in which event investors would lose their entire investment in our 
company. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  set  forth  below  are  based  on  our 
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
(U.S. GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that 
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and 
judgments, including those described below. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 
that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments 
about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

We believe the following accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates by us in the preparation of 

our consolidated financial statements. 

Legal contingencies 

As  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  3  of  this  Annual  Report  under  the  heading  “Legal  Proceedings”  and  in  Note  14, 
“Commitments and Contingencies,” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company is currently subject to 
various legal proceedings and claims. The Company records a contingent liability when it is probable that a loss has been 
incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”. There is a 
significant judgment required in both the probability determination and as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated 
since  the  outcome  of  legal  proceedings  and  claims  brought  against  the  Company  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty.  In 
management’s opinion, any reasonable possible losses in addition to the amounts accrued for litigation would not, individually 
or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or operating results. Should the Company fail to 
prevail in any of these legal matters or should several of these legal matters be resolved against the Company in the same 
reporting period, the operating results of a particular reporting period could be materially adversely affected. 

Revenue recognition and unearned revenues  

The Company’s contracts are either cost plus or fixed price contracts and may include a lease component. Under cost 
plus contracts, customers are billed for actual expenses incurred plus an agreed-upon fee. Under cost plus contracts, a profit or 
loss on a project is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. 

The  Company  has  two  types  of  fixed  price  contracts,  firm  fixed  price  and  cost-sharing.  Under  firm  fixed  price 
contracts, the Company receives an agreed-upon amount for providing products and services specified in the contract, a profit 
or loss is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. Under cost-sharing 
contracts, the fixed amount agreed upon with the customer is only intended to fund a portion of the costs on a specific project. 
Under cost sharing contracts, an amount corresponding to the revenue is recorded in cost of revenues, resulting in gross profit 
on these contracts of zero. The Company’s share of the costs is recorded as product development expense. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Generally,  revenue  under  fixed  price  or  cost-plus  contracts  is  recognized  using  the  cost  to  cost  percentage-of-
completion method, measured by the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. In certain circumstances, 
revenue under contracts that have specified milestones or other performance criteria may be recognized only when the customer 
acknowledges that such criteria have been satisfied. If an arrangement involves multiple deliverables, the delivered items are 
considered separate units of accounting if the items have value on a stand-alone basis. Amounts allocated to each element are 
based on its objectively determined fair value, such as the sales price for the product or service when it is sold separately or 
competitor prices for similar products or services. 

In  addition, recognition of  revenue  (and  the  related  costs) may  be deferred for  fixed price  contracts until  contract 
completion if the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the total costs of the project prior to completion. These contracts 
are subject to interpretation and management may make a judgment as to the amount of revenue earned and recorded. Because 
the  Company  has  a  small  number  of  contracts,  revisions  to  the  percentage-of-completion  determination,  management 
interpretation or delays in meeting performance and contractual criteria or in completing projects may have a significant effect 
on revenue for the periods involved. Upon anticipating a loss on a contract, the Company recognizes the full amount of the 
anticipated loss in the current period. 

The Company classifies leases as either operating or capital lease arrangements in accordance with the authoritative 
accounting guidance contained within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, “Leases”. At inception of the 
contract, the Company evaluates the lease against the four lease classification criteria within ASC Topic 840. In general, if one 
of the four criteria is met, then the lease is accounted for as a capital lease. All others are treated as an operating lease. For 
operating leases, lessee payments are recorded to revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Unbilled  receivables  represent  expenditures  on  contracts,  plus  applicable  profit  margin,  not  yet  billed.  Unbilled 
receivables are normally billed and collected within one year. Billings made on contracts are recorded as a reduction of unbilled 
receivables, and to the extent that such billings and cash collections exceed costs incurred plus applicable profit margin, they 
are recorded as unearned revenues. 

Warrant liabilities 

The Company accounts for warrants issued in connection with its public offerings in June and July 2017 in accordance 
with the guidance on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” which 
provides  that  we  classify  the  warrant  instruments  as  a  liability  at  its  fair  value.  The  warrant  liabilities  are  subject  to  re-
measurement at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company recognizes any change 
in fair value in its consolidated statements of operations within “Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities”. The 
Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in the estimated fair value until such time as 
these  instruments  are  exercised  or  expire. At  that  time,  the  liabilities  will  be  reclassified  to  “Additional  paid-in  capital”,  a 
component of “Stockholders' equity” on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Financial Operations Overview 

Over the next several years, it is our goal to fund the majority of our product development efforts with sources from 
commercial  relationships,  including  cost-sharing  agreements.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  commercial  relationships  or  cost-
sharing arrangements, we may be forced to curtail our development expenses and scope to reduce our overall expenses. We 
recently  narrowed our development  focus to  the  PB3  to drive  toward  commercialization of  that product  and  to reduce  our 
overall expenses. In the future, we also may continue to develop the PB15 if we determine that future relationships warrant 
incurring the costs associated with such product development. 

The following table provides information regarding the breakdown of our revenues by customer for fiscal years 2018 

and 2017: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,    

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Eni S.p.A. ............................................................................................     $ 
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ....................................................       
Premier Oil UK Limited .....................................................................       
U.S. Department of Defense Office of Naval Research ......................       
U.S. Department of Energy .................................................................       
   $ 

171     $ 
218       
51       
71       
-       
511     $ 

-   
693   
-   
178   
(28 ) 
843   

36 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
We currently focus our sales and marketing efforts on North America, Europe, Australia, Asia and South America. 
The following table shows the percentage of our revenues by geographical location of our customers for fiscal 2018 and 2017: 

Customer Location 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2018 

2017 

Asia and Australia ..............................................................................       
Europe ................................................................................................       
United States ......................................................................................       

43 %      
43 %      
14 %      
100 %      

80 % 
0 % 
20 % 
100 % 

Foreign exchange loss 

We  transact  business  in  various  countries  and  have  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses arise in the translation of foreign-denominated assets and liabilities, which may result in 
realized and unrealized gains or losses from exchange rate fluctuations. Since we conduct our business in US dollars and our 
functional currency is the US dollar, our main foreign exchange exposure, if any, results from changes in the exchange rate 
between the US dollar and the British pounds sterling, the Euro and the Australian dollar. Due to the macroeconomic pressures 
in certain European countries, foreign exchange rates may become more volatile in the future. 

We  maintain  cash  accounts  that  are  denominated  in  British  pounds  sterling,  Euros  and  Australian  dollars.  These 
foreign  denominated  accounts  had  a  balance  of  $1.0  million  as  of  April  30,  2018  and  $1.2  million  as  of  April  30,  2017, 
compared to our total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable securities balances of $12.3 million as of April 
30,  2018  and  $8.9  million  as  of  April  30,  2017.  These  foreign  currency  balances  are  translated  at  each  month  end  to  our 
functional currency, the US dollar, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in our results of operations. 

In addition, a portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries in countries other than the United States, 
specifically Ocean Power Technologies Ltd. in the United Kingdom, the functional currency of which is the British pound 
sterling, and Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty Ltd. in Australia, the functional currency of which is the Australian 
dollar. Both of these subsidiaries have foreign exchange exposure that results from changes in the exchange rate between their 
functional currency and other foreign currencies in which they conduct business. 

We currently do not hedge our exchange rate exposure. However, we assess the anticipated foreign currency working 
capital requirements and capital asset acquisitions of our foreign operations and attempt to maintain a portion of our cash and 
cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies sufficient to satisfy these anticipated requirements. We also assess the need 
and cost to utilize financial instruments to hedge currency exposures on an ongoing basis and may hedge against exchange rate 
exposure in the future. 

Results of Operations 

This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

37 

  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 

The following table contains selected statement of operations information, which serves as the basis of the discussion 

of our results of operations for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

% change 
2018 period to    
2017 period 

511      $ 
763        
(252 )      

4,320        
6,988        
11,308        
(11,560 )      
122        
83        
4        
75        
(11,276 )      
1,119        
(10,157 )    $ 

843        
938        
(95 )      

5,029        
6,563        
11,592        
(11,687 )      
1,491        
28        
-        
(16 )      
(10,184 )      
698        
(9,486 )      

-39 % 
-19 % 

-14 % 
6 % 

-92 % 
196 % 
100 % 
-569 % 
11 % 
60 % 
7 % 

Revenues ............................................................................     $ 
Cost of revenues ................................................................       
Gross loss ...................................................................       

Operating expenses: 

Product development costs ............................................      
Selling, general and administrative costs .......................      
Total operating expenses ...........................................       
Operating loss ....................................................................       
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities ..........................       
Interest income, net ............................................................       
Other income .....................................................................       
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) .............................................       
Loss before income taxes ...................................................       
Income tax benefit .....................................................       
Net loss ..............................................................................     $ 

Revenues 

Revenues  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  April  30,  2018  and  2017  were  approximately  $0.5  million  and  $0.8  million, 
respectively. The decrease of approximately $0.3 million or 39% over 2017 was attributable to the MES and ONR contracts 
being completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2018 partly offset by the new Eni and Premier contracts. 

Cost of revenues 

Cost  of  revenues  consists  primarily  of  incurred  material,  labor  and  manufacturing  overhead  expenses,  such  as 
engineering  expense,  equipment  depreciation  and  maintenance  and  facility  related  expenses,  and  includes  the  cost  of 
PowerBuoy™  parts  and  services  supplied  by  third-party  suppliers.  Cost  of  revenues  also  includes  PowerBuoy™  system 
delivery and deployment expenses and may include anticipated losses at completion on certain contracts. 

Cost of revenues for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 were approximately $0.8 million and $0.9 million, 
respectively. The decrease of approximately $0.1 million, or 19%, over 2017 was due to lower revenue in the current year as 
compared to the prior year, partially offset by a higher reserve for future contract losses. 

Product development costs 

Our product development costs consist of salaries and other personnel-related costs and the costs of products, materials 
and outside services used in our product development and unfunded research activities. Our product development costs relate 
primarily to our efforts to increase the power output and reliability of our PowerBuoy™ system, and to development of new 
products, product applications and complementary technologies. We expense all of our product development costs as incurred. 

Product development costs during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 were $4.3 million as compared to $5.0 million 
for fiscal year 2017. The decrease of $0.7 million, or 14%, is primarily attributable to lower costs mainly related to redesigned 
commercial PB3 and preliminary design of PB15 in fiscal 2017. 

38 

  
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
     
         
         
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Selling, general and administrative costs 

Our selling, general and administrative costs consist primarily of professional fees, salaries and other personnel-related 
costs for employees and consultants engaged in sales and marketing and support of our PowerBuoy™ systems and costs for 
executive, accounting and administrative personnel, professional fees and other general corporate expenses. 

Selling, general and administrative costs during the fiscal year months ended April 30, 2018 were $7.0 million as 
compared to $6.6 for fiscal year 2017. The increase of $0.4 million, or 6%, is primarily attributable to higher employee costs 
of $0.7 million partly offset by lower stock compensation expense of $0.4 million. 

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities 

The change in fair value of warrant liabilities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 was an unrealized gain of 
$122,000 versus an unrealized gain of $1,491,000 for the fiscal months ended April 30, 2017. The change between periods is 
mainly due to a lower stock price for the nine months ended April 30, 2018. 

Interest income, net 

Interest income consists of interest received on cash and cash equivalents, investments in commercial bank-issued 
certificates of deposit and U.S. Treasury bills and notes and interest expense paid on certain obligations to third parties. Total 
cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable securities were $12.3 million as of April 30, 2018, compared to $8.9 
million as of April 30, 2017. 

Interest income, net during the fiscal year 2018 was approximately $83,000 compared to $28,000 for fiscal 2017. The 
increase in interest income year over year is due to higher cash balances from several capital raises completed in fiscal year 
2018. 

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 

Foreign exchange gain was approximately $75,000 for fiscal year 2018 as compared to a foreign exchange loss of 
$16,000 for fiscal year 2017. The difference was attributable primarily to the relative change in value of the British pound 
sterling, Euro and Australian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar during the two periods. 

Income tax benefit 

During the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses and 
research and development credits in the amount of $11.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively, resulting in the recognition of 
income tax benefits of $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The Company has a full valuation allowance against its 
deferred tax assets. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Since our inception, the cash flows from customer revenues have not been sufficient to fund our operations and provide 
the capital resources for our business. For the two years ended April 30, 2018, our aggregate revenues were $1.4 million, our 
aggregate net losses were $19.6 million and our aggregate net cash used in operating activities was $20.7 million. 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Net cash flows used in operating activities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 were $10.7 million, an increase 
of $0.7 million, when compared to $10.0 million during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. The change was the result of an 
increase in net loss of $0.7 million reduced by non-cash items of $0.4 million and an increase in cash used by the net change 
in operating assets and liabilities of $0.8 million. Fiscal 2017 included a $0.5 million litigation settlement payment. 

The decrease in noncash operating items in fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 reflects a decrease in the 

change in fair value of warrant liabilities and lower stock compensation expense. 

The increase in operating assets and liabilities in fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 is due to lower balances 
in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.7 million offset by unbilled receivables of $0.5 million and other net changes 
in operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million. 

39 

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $0.7 million for fiscal year 2018 versus net cash provided by 
investing activities of approximately zero for fiscal 2017. The change was primarily the result of the Company’s spending on 
equipment and leasehold improvements relating to its new facility in Monroe, New Jersey. 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  approximately  $14.6  million  in  fiscal  year  2018,  and  net  cash  provided  by 
financing activities was approximately $11.9 million for fiscal 2017. The net cash provided in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 were 
primarily from the sale of our common stock, net of issuance costs. 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents was approximately $88,000 in fiscal year 2018, an increase 
of $130,000 from fiscal 2017, respectively. The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents results primarily from 
gains or losses on consolidation of foreign subsidiaries and foreign denominated cash and cash equivalents. 

Liquidity Outlook 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $197.5 million at April 
30, 2018. We generated revenues of only $0.5 million in fiscal year 2018, and $0.8 million in fiscal year 2017. Based on the 
Company’s cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances as of April 30, 2018, the Company believes that it 
will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2019, including $0.6 million of 
payments due by August 30, 2018 as a return of an option due to ineligibility for certain emission credits. These conditions 
raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. 

We expect to devote substantial resources to continue our development efforts for our PowerBuoys™ and to expand 
our sales, marketing and manufacturing programs associated with the planned commercialization of the PowerBuoys™. Our 
future capital requirements will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to: 

● 
● 

● 

● 
● 
● 
● 

● 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

● 
● 
● 
● 

our ability to commercialize our PowerBuoys™, and achieve and sustain profitability; 
our  continued  development  of  our  proprietary  technologies,  and  expected  continued  use  of  cash  from 
operating activities unless or until we achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization of our products 
and services; 
our  ability  to  obtain  additional  funding,  as  and  if  needed  which  will  be  subject  to  a  number  of  factors, 
including market conditions, and our operating performance; 
our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues and capital requirements; 
the adequacy of our cash balances and our need for additional financings; 
our ability to develop and manufacture a commercially viable PowerBuoy™ product; 
that we will be successful in our efforts to commercialize our PowerBuoy™ or the timetable upon which 
commercialization can be achieved, if at all; 
our ability to identify and penetrate markets for our PowerBuoys™ and our wave energy technology; 
our ability to implement our commercialization strategy as planned, or at all; 
our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market; 
the reliability of our technology and our PowerBuoys™; 
our ability to improve the power output, survivability and reliability of our PowerBuoys™; 
the impact of pending and threatened litigation on our business, financial condition and liquidity; 
changes in current legislation, regulations and economic conditions that affect the demand for renewable 
energy; 
our ability to compete effectively in our target markets; 
our limited operating history and history of operating losses; 
our sales and marketing capabilities and strategy in the United States and internationally; and 
our ability to protect our intellectual property portfolio. 

40 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our business is capital intensive and, to date, we have been funding our business principally through  sales of our 
securities, and we expect to continue to fund our business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our revenues 
until,  if  ever,  we  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  internally  fund  our  business.  This  is  largely  a  result  of  the  high  product 
development  costs  associated  with  our  product  development.  We  may  choose  to  reduce  our  operating  expenses  through 
personnel reductions, and reductions in our research and development and other operating costs during the fiscal year 2019, if 
we are not successful in our efforts to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to increase our revenues 
and  cash  flow  to  a  level  which  would  support  our  operations  and  provide  sufficient  funds  to  pay  our  obligations  for  the 
foreseeable future. Further, we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure additional financing or raise additional capital 
or, if we are successful in our efforts to raise additional capital, of the terms and conditions upon which any such financing 
would be extended. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed or generate positive cash flow, it is unlikely that 
we will be able to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from 
the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Since inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet financing activities. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 
2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 outlines a new, single comprehensive model 
for  entities  to  use  in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue 
recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-step analysis 
in determining when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of 
promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange 
for  those  goods  or  services.  The  FASB  subsequently  issued  additional  clarifying  standards  to  address  issues  arising  from 
implementation of the new revenue standard, including a one-year deferral of the effective date for the new revenue standard. 
Public companies should now apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 
2017  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods.  Earlier  application  is  permitted  only  as  of  annual  reporting  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that annual period. As such, the Company is required to 
adopt  this  standard  effective  in  fiscal  2019,  which  begins  May  1,  2018.  The  Company  will  use  the  modified  retrospective 
approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The Company is completing its final review and therefore has not yet determined the final 
impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures. However, the preliminary view is that the impact will not be 
material to the consolidated financial statements disclosures. The impact to the Company could be affected by the nature and 
terms of potential future contracts with customers, as those contracts may have terms that differ from the company’s current 
contracts. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue 
as a Going Concern”, which describes how an entity should assess its ability to meet obligations and sets rules for how this 
information should be disclosed in the financial statements. The standard provides accounting guidance that will be used along 
with existing auditing standards. The new standard applies to all entities for the first annual period ending after December 15, 
2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2014-15 for the fiscal year 
2017. The Company’s addition of the standard did not have a material impact on disclosures. See Note (1) “Background, Basis 
of Presentation and Liquidity” for discussion on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” The new standard establishes a right-
of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with 
terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern 
of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition 
approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest 
comparative  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements,  with  certain  practical  expedients  available.  The  Company  is 
evaluating the effect ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and has not yet determined 
the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-09,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718).”  The 
amendments of ASU No. 2016-09 were issued as part of the FASB’s Simplification initiative focused on improving areas of 
GAAP for which cost and complexity may be reduced while maintaining or improving the usefulness of information disclosed 
within the financial statements. The amendments focused on simplification specifically with regard to share-based payment 
transactions,  including  income  tax  consequences,  classification  of  awards  as  equity  or  liabilities  and  classification  on  the 
statement of cash flows. The guidance in ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, 
and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods.  The  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-09  on  May  1,  2017.  Certain  of  the 
amendments are applied using a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity 
as  of  May  1,  2017,  while  other  amendments  are  applied  retrospectively,  prospectively  or  using  either  a  prospective  or  a 
retrospective transition method. Upon adoption, the Company is beginning to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than 
estimate a forfeiture rate and has recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment in equity of approximately $11,000 on the date of 
initial adoption. In periods subsequent to adoption, a higher expense will be recognized earlier during the respective vesting 
periods of stock-based awards that are not forfeited. As a result of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, there 
was no net adjustment to retained earnings for the change in accounting for unrecognized windfall tax benefits. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, providing additional guidance on eight specific cash flow classification issues. The goal 
of the ASU is to reduce diversity in practice of classifying certain items. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The 
Company  evaluated  the  effect  ASU  2016-13  will  have  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements  and  disclosures  and  has 
determined the standard will have no impact on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”, which 
amends  guidance  and  presentation  related  to  restricted  cash  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows,  including  stating  that  amounts 
generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included within cash and cash equivalents when 
reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown in the statement of cash flows. An entity is required 
to provide a disclosure indicating the reconciliation of all cash accounts. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The 
Company has early adopted ASU 2016-18 effective May 1, 2017. In connection with the adoption of the standard the Company 
has used a retrospective transition method for each period presented in the statement of cash flows. The Company reclassified 
$300,000 of restricted cash to cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period for the period April 30, 2017 and 
$488,000 of restricted cash to cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, ending of period for the period April 30, 2017 in the 
statement of cash flows. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are listed in Item 15 — “Exhibits and Financial 

Statement Schedules” of this Annual Report. 

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the” Exchange 
Act”)  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms. 
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated 
to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and 
with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  of  the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b). 
Based upon that evaluation, as of April 30, 2018, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The  annual  report  of  management  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  provided  under 
“Reports of Management” on page F-2, which is incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. As described 
therein, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2018. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

No  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the 
Exchange  Act)  occurred  during  the  quarter  ended  April  30,  2018  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Directors 

PART III 

All of the directors bring to our Board of Directors executive leadership experience from their service as executives 
and/or  directors  of  our  Company  and/or  other  entities.  The  biography  of  each  director  contains  information  regarding  the 
person’s service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the last five years, 
and the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills that caused the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and 
our Board of Directors to determine that the person should serve as a director, given our business and structure. 

Name 
Terence J. Cryan 
Dean J. Glover 
George H. Kirby III 
Steven M. Fludder 
Robert K. Winters 

   Age    
56 
52 
48 
58 
50 

Position(s) with the Company 
Chairman of the Board 
Vice Chairman of the Board and Independent Director 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 

Served as 
Director 
From 
2012 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2016 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Terence J. Cryan has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 2012 and Chairman of the board since 
June 2014. Prior to joining our Board, Mr. Cryan was a member of our Board of Advisors. Mr. Cryan was our lead independent 
director from October 2013 to June 2014 when he became Chairman of the Board. Since August 2016, Mr. Cryan has served 
as the Chairman of the Board of Westwater Resources, Inc. Mr. Cryan has served on the boards of directors of a number of 
other publicly traded companies including Uranium Resources, Inc. from 2006 to 2016; Global Power Equipment Group Inc. 
from 2008 to 2017; Superior Drilling Products from May 2014 to 2016; Gryphon Gold Corporation from 2009 to 2012; and 
The Providence Service Corporation from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Cryan previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer 
of Medical Acoustics, LLC from 2007 through 2010. From September 2012 until April 2013, Mr. Cryan also served as interim 
President and CEO of Uranium Resources, Inc., and was elected as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Uranium Resources, 
Inc. in June 2014 and served until March 2016. Mr. Cryan served as President and CEO of Global Power Equipment Group 
Inc., from March 2015 until July 2017. Mr. Cryan co-founded in 2001 Concert Energy Partners, LLC, an investment and private 
equity firm based in New York with a focus on the traditional and alternative energy, power and natural resources industries, 
and  served  as  Managing  Director  until  2015.  Between  1990  and  2001,  Mr.  Cryan  was  a  Senior  Managing  Director  in  the 
investment banking department at Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. in New York City and a Managing Director at Paine Webber/Kidder 
Peabody in both New York City and London. Mr. Cryan earned his Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University in 1983 and 
a Master of Science degree in Economics from The London School of Economics in 1984. In December 2014, Terence Cryan 
was  named  a  Board  Leadership  Fellow  by  the  National  Association  of  Corporate  Directors.  We  believe  Mr.  Cryan's 
qualifications  to  sit  on  our  Board  of  Directors  include  his  significant  experience  in  financial  matters,  his  prior  board  and 
executive  experience  at  other  companies,  his  broad  energy  industry  background  and  his  extensive  expertise  in  financings, 
mergers and acquisitions. 

Dean J. Glover became a member of our Board of Directors in October 2014, replacing a director who retired, and 
was elected Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors in July 2016. Since March 2018, Mr. Glover has served as a member of 
the Board of Directors of ConXtech. Mr. Glover is currently the CEO of Techniks Tool Group. Prior to Techniks Tool Group 
from October 2014 until 2017, Mr. Glover served as MIRATECH President & CEO. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President 
and President of the Products Division of Global Power Equipment Group Inc. Mr. Glover joined Global Power in December 
2005 as Chief Operating Officer of Braden Manufacturing. Prior to joining Global Power, Mr. Glover led the global supply 
chain and manufacturing for Diebold Inc. Prior to this Mr. Glover spent 13 years with General Electric (NYSE: GE) in various 
managerial and technical roles and is a certified Six Sigma Master Black belt. Mr. Glover currently serves as a director of 
Oklahoma Scholastic Organization, a non-profit organization. Mr. Glover holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering 
from the University of Nebraska and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University. 
Mr. Glover has extensive international experience having lived in various international locations for most of his career. Mr. 
Glover has over 25 years of commercial and technical experience in industry. We believe Mr. Glover’s qualifications to sit on 
our  Board  of  Directors  include  his  significant  managerial,  commercial  and  technical  experience  in  the  energy  technology 
industry. 

George H. Kirby III has served as our President, Chief Executive Office and a member of our Board of Directors 
since January 20, 2015, replacing Interim Chief Executive Officer David L. Keller. Prior to this, he joined AECOM Technology 
Corporation (NYSE: ACM) a leading provider of engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) services in September 
2013 as Senior Vice President. In this role, he led their Energy Business Line for the north U.S. region providing services for 
utilities, power transmission and generation developers, and large industrial energy efficiency end-users. Prior to AECOM, he 
joined SAIC Energy, Environment, & Infrastructure (NYSE: SAIC) in January 2012 a global leader in solutions for national 
security,  healthcare  and  engineering,  as  Managing  Director  for  their  Asset  Transactions group  providing  power  generation 
investors and developers with technical and market consulting and advisory services, and was promoted to Vice President in 
2013 providing EPC services to Investor Owned Utilities. In 2009, he joined American Superconductor (NASDAQ: AMSC) 
as Director of Global Sales and was promoted to Managing Director of the Americas and Australia in 2011. From 2000 to 
2009, Mr. Kirby held significant leadership roles at General Electric in both GE Energy and GE Capital (NYSE: GE) in product 
development, global sales, quality and project finance. In June 2016, Mr. Kirby was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Sea 
Research Foundation, a non-profit organization in Mystic, Connecticut. Mr. Kirby previously served as a director of Blade 
Dynamics, LLC from April to December 2011, and Schooner, Inc. from June to October 2012. Mr. Kirby earned a Bachelor of 
Science degree in Aerospace Engineering from Syracuse University in 1992 and an M.B.A. from Smeal College of Business 
at  Pennsylvania  State  University  in  2008.  We  believe  Mr.  Kirby’s  significant  leadership  experience  in  energy  industries 
qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
Steven M. Fludder became a member of the Board of Directors on May 5, 2016. Mr. Fludder brings more than 30 
years of global executive leadership in energy and infrastructure markets. Since November 2017, Mr. Fludder has served as the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  for  NEC  Energy  Solutions.  Prior  to  joining  NEC  Energy  Solutions,  Mr.  Fludder  was  the  Chief 
Executive Officer with alpha-En, a publicly traded innovative clean technology company focused on enabling next generation 
battery  technologies  by  developing  high  purity  lithium  products.  Prior  to  alpha-En,  Mr.  Fludder  was  Chief  Executive  of 
AECOM’s global Energy and Water practice. Prior to AECOM, he was Senior Executive Vice President, Division General 
Manager and Samsung group officer where he was head of worldwide sales and marketing for Samsung Engineering, a global 
engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) firm serving a broad range of energy industries including power, oil & gas, 
petrochemicals,  and  metallurgy.  He  was  subsequently  President  of  Samsung  Techwin  Power  Systems  Division.  Prior  to 
Samsung,  Mr. Fludder  served  as  a  Vice President  and General Electric corporate officer where he  led GE’s  companywide 
environmental business initiative “ecomagination”. Earlier in his career at GE, Mr. Fludder held executive leadership roles in 
the Water, Energy Services, Energy China, and Aircraft Engines divisions. He has significant experience scaling and growing 
energy related technology businesses through start-ups, acquisitions and turnarounds. Mr. Fludder holds a Master’s degree in 
Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from 
Columbia  University,  and  a  second  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Providence  College.  We  believe  Mr.  Fludder’s 
qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his wide experience in both the energy and infrastructure markets, as 
well a variety of other industry segments related to our business. 

Robert  K.  Winters  became  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on  May  5,  2016.  Robert  Winters  has  been  an 
Executive Vice President and G.M. of Alpha IR Group since September 2015. He established and is running the NYC office 
for Chicago-based firm, which specializes in providing strategic counsel to small- and mid-cap U.S. companies across a broad 
range of industries. Prior to this, he was a partner and portfolio manager at Zesiger Capital Group, LLC for 14 years; Zesiger 
Capital Group, LLC is an investment advisor based in NYC, catering to both large institutional clients and high net-worth 
individuals. Zesiger’s investment strategy during Mr. Winters’ tenure was to take concentrated, long-term investment positions 
in small-and mid-cap stocks in the U.S., as well as in select emerging and frontier markets. Additionally, Mr. Winters managed 
fixed income investments on behalf of clients at Zesiger, as well as private investments; Mr. Winters sat on the boards of several 
private portfolio companies during his time at Zesiger. Prior to his work at Zesiger Capital Group, LLC, Mr. Winters worked 
as a Managing Director and Senior Natural Resource analyst for almost 10 years at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc., where he focused 
on energy, metals and mining. Mr. Winters began his finance career at CS First Boston following his work as an international 
trade analyst with Kilpatrick & Cody in Washington, D.C. Mr. Winters served as a director of LRM Industries International 
from 2009 until 2014 Mr. Winters graduated from Georgetown University in 1990 with a dual major in International Relations 
and History. We believe Mr. Winter’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive finance experience, 
as well his experience with small-cap and mid-cap public companies. 

Executive Officers 

We have two executive officers who are not also a director: 

Name 

   Age     Position with Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

Matthew T. Shafer 

47 

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Christopher Phebus 

47 

   Vice President, Engineering 

Matthew T. Shafer joined the Company in September 2016 as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company. 
Mr. Shafer previously served as a Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller for CMF Associates from May 2015 to 
September 2016, where he led teams in providing finance solutions for small and middle-market high-growth organizations. 
Prior to that, beginning in 2013 he served as a Business Unit Chief Financial Officer at Valeant Pharmaceuticals International 
(NYSE:  VRX),  a  large  global  publicly  traded  company  that  develops,  manufactures,  markets  and  sells  specialty 
pharmaceuticals and medical devices. He held this Finance Leadership role for the Valeant Dentistry, Generics and Neurology 
business units, and had worked closely with commercial operations and corporate level teams on numerous product launches, 
sales  force  expansions,  mergers  and  acquisitions,  financial  systems  integrations,  and  internal  controls.  Mr.  Shafer  has  a 
foundation in Public Accounting working at Arthur Andersen LLP at the beginning of his career, holds a Bachelor of Science 
in Accounting from The Stillman School of Business at Seton Hall University, an MBA in Finance from Rutgers Business 
School in New Brunswick, N.J. and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

45 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
Christopher Phebus joined the Company in January 2018 as Vice President, Engineering. Mr. Phebus was previously 
employed by General Electric Company for 16 years in positions including the GM and Executive Engineering Director for 
GE  Subsea  Products  and  Projects  in  Norway  and  the  U.K.,  and  the  GM  and  Lean-Six  Sigma  Quality  Leader  for  Global 
Engineering at GE Energy. Most recently he was the Head of Global Engineering and Technology for the Flow and Process 
Technology and Reciprocating Compression division at GE Oil & Gas. He began his career at Pratt & Whitney, where he 
worked as a systems engineer directly with the U.S. Air Force on the F100 aircraft engine. Mr. Phebus holds a Bachelor of 
Science in Mechanical Engineering from Clemson University and a Master of Science in Management from Embry-Riddle 
Aeronautical University. 

Corporate Governance 

Our Board of Directors believes that good corporate governance is important to ensure that the Company is managed 
for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. This section describes key corporate governance guidelines and practices that our 
Board has adopted. Complete copies of our corporate governance guidelines, committee charters and code of business conduct 
and ethics are available on the corporate governance section of our website, www.oceanpowertechnologies.com. Alternatively, 
you can request a copy of any of these documents by writing to our Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Monroe Township, NJ 
08831. 

Corporate Governance Guidelines 

Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines to assist in the exercise of its duties and responsibilities and 
to serve the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. These guidelines, which provide a framework for the conduct 
of the Board’s business, provide that: 

● 
● 
● 
● 

● 

the Board’s principal responsibility is to oversee the management of the Company; 
a majority of the members of the Board shall be independent directors; 
the non-employee directors shall meet regularly in executive session; 
directors have full and free access to management and, as necessary and appropriate, independent advisors; 
and 
at least annually, the Board and its committees will conduct a self-evaluation to determine whether they are 
functioning effectively. 

Audit Committee 

The  members  of  our  Audit  Committee  are  Dean  J.  Glover,  Steven  M.  Fludder  and  Robert  K.  Winters.  Effective 
September 8, 2016, Messrs. Cryan and Burger rotated off the Audit Committee and Messrs. Fludder and Winters joined the 
Audit Committee. Mr. Glover is the chair of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Glover is 
an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
“SEC”). The Audit Committee met 4 times in fiscal 2018. Our Board has also determined that all Audit Committee members 
meet the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 5605(c) of the NASDAQ Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). 

Our  Audit  Committee  assists  our  Board of  Directors  in  its  oversight of the  integrity  of  our  consolidated  financial 

statements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance. 

Our  Audit  Committee’s  responsibilities  include:  appointing,  approving  the  compensation  of,  and  assessing  the 
independence of, our independent registered public accounting firm; overseeing the work of our independent registered public 
accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from our independent registered public accounting 
firm;  reviewing  and  discussing  with  management  and  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  our  annual  and 
quarterly consolidated financial statements and related disclosures; monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, 
disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics; establishing procedures for the receipt and retention 
of accounting related complaints and concerns; meeting independently with our independent registered public accounting firm 
and management; and preparing the Audit Committee report required by SEC regulations. 

Material Changes in Director Nominations Process 

There have not been any material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to our 

Board. 

46 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics 

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  employees,  officers  (including  our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer) and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted 
on  our  website  at  www.oceanpowertechnologies.com  and  can  also  be  obtained  free  of  charge  by  sending  a  request  to  our 
Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. Any changes to or waivers under the Code of Business Conduct 
and Ethics as it relates to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or persons performing similar functions 
must be approved by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days 
of the change or waiver. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules issued thereunder, our executive officers and directors 
are required to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of Common Stock. Copies of such reports are 
required to be furnished to us. Based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us, or written representations 
that no other reports were required, we believe that all required reports were filed in fiscal 2018 in a timely manner. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

For Board service year 2018, the Board of Directors approved, for each non-employee director, an annual payment of 
$45,000 and a choice of either (a) an option worth $50,000, based on the Black-Scholes formula, to purchase shares of Common 
Stock or (b) Common Stock worth $50,000, with such option award or stock award to vest, if at all, at the next annual meeting 
of stockholders. Directors serving a portion of a year receive a pro-rata grant. Each non-employee director also receives a per 
annum supplement ranging from $2,000 to $9,600 for each committee that they chair. In addition, the Chairman of the Board 
annually receives an additional $38,000. 

We reimburse each non-employee director for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our Board 
and Board committee meetings. Compensation for our directors, including cash and equity compensation, is determined, and 
remains subject to adjustment, by our Board of Directors. 

The following table summarizes compensation paid to each of our non-employee directors who served during fiscal 

year 2018. 

Name (1) 

   Fees Earned or     
   Paid in Cash      
($) (2) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($) (3) 

Total 
($) 

Terence J. Cryan ......................       

85,000        

Robert J. Burger (4) ...................       

30,500        

Dean J. Glover .........................       

54,600        

Steven M. Fludder ...................       

49,000        

Robert K. Winters ....................       

45,000        

-        

-        

-        

-        

-        

50,000        

135,000   

-        

30,500   

50,000        

104,600   

50,000        

50,000        

95,000   

95,000   

(1)  George H. Kirby III, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer is not included in this table as he is an 
employee  of  the  Company  and  thus  receives  no  compensation  for  his  services  as  a  Director.  The  compensation 
received by Mr. Kirby as an employee of the Company is shown in the Summary Compensation Table on page 49. 

(2)  Fees earned or paid in cash reflect annual retainer and committee meeting fees. 
(3)  Stock options granted to directors vest fully on the date of the first annual shareholders meeting following the grant 
date. The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted 
during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) No. 718, 
“Compensation-  Stock  Compensation.”  The  assumptions  used  in  calculating  these  amounts  are  incorporated  by 
reference to Note 2 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.  

(4)  Robert  J.  Burger  term  ended  on  October  20,  2017  and  Mr.  Burger  did  not  seek  re-election  at  the  2017  Annual 

Meeting of Stockholders. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes grants during fiscal year 2018. 

Name 
Terence J. Cryan (1) ...................................................       
Robert J. Burger (1), (2) ...............................................       
Dean J. Glover (1) ......................................................       
Steven M. Fludder (1) ................................................       
Robert K. Winters (1) .................................................       

Stock 
Awards 

Option 
Awards 

Total 

-        
-        
-        
-        
-        

42,666        
-        
42,666        
42,666        
42,666        

42,666   
-   
42,666   
42,666   
42,666   

(1)  During fiscal year 2018 each board member was granted stock options exercisable for 42,666 shares of common 

stock for Board service during the year ending October 31, 2018. 

(2)  Robert  J.  Burger  term  ended  on  October  20,  2017  and  Mr.  Burger  did  not  seek  re-election  at  the  2017  Annual 

Meeting of Stockholders. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Overview of Executive Compensation 

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the compensation of all of our executive officers. In this 
capacity, the Compensation Committee designs, implements, reviews and approves all compensation for our named executive 
officers. The goal of the Compensation Committee is to ensure that our compensation programs are aligned with our business 
goals  and  objectives  and  that  the  total  compensation  paid  to  each  of  our  named  executive  officers  is  fair,  reasonable  and 
competitive. 

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy 

Our compensation programs are designed to attract and retain qualified and talented executives, motivating them to 
achieve our business goals and rewarding them for superior short- and long-term performance. In particular, our compensation 
programs are intended to reward the achievement of specified predetermined quantitative and qualitative goals and to align our 
executives’ interests with those of our stockholders in order to attain the ultimate objective of increasing stockholder value. 

Elements of Total Compensation and Relationship to Performance 

Key elements of these programs include: 

●  base  salary  compensation  designed  to  reward  annual  achievements,  with  consideration  given  to  the 
executive’s  qualifications,  scope  of  responsibility,  leadership  abilities  and  management  experience  and 
effectiveness; 
cash bonus awards designed to align executive compensation with business objectives and performance; and 
equity-based incentive compensation, primarily in the form of stock options and restricted stock, the value 
of which is dependent upon the performance of our Common Stock, and which is subject to multi-year vesting 
that requires continued service and/or the attainment of certain performance goals. 

● 
● 

Determining and Setting Executive Compensation 

Our management develops our compensation plans by utilizing publicly available compensation and on-line survey 
data for a broad selection of national and regional companies, which we believe are generally comparable to the Company in 
terms  of  public  ownership, organizational  structure,  size  and  stage of  development,  and  against which we  believe we  may 
compete for executive talent. The results of these analyses are reviewed with and approved by the Compensation Committee 
annually.  We  believe  that  these  compensation  practices  provide  us  with  appropriate  compensation  guidelines.  The 
Compensation Committee generally targets compensation for our executives near the median range of compensation paid to 
similarly situated  executives in  comparable  companies  covered by  the on-line  survey data. Other  considerations,  including 
market factors, the unique nature of our business and the experience level of an executive, may dictate variations to this general 
target. 

Our business  is  characterized  by  a  long product development  cycle,  including  a  lengthy engineering and  product-
testing period and regulatory approval and licensing. Because of this, many of the traditional benchmarking metrics, such as 
product  sales,  revenues  and  profits  are  inappropriate  for  our  Company.  Instead,  the  specific  factors  the  Compensation 
Committee considers when determining our named executive officers’ compensation include: 

48 

  
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  key product development initiatives; 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

technology advancements; 
achievement of regulatory and other commercial milestones; 
establishment and maintenance of key strategic relationships; 
implementation of appropriate financing strategies; and 
financial and operating performance. 

Summary Compensation Table  

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 

30, 2017 to our named executive officers. 

Name and 
Principal Position 

  Year     

Salary ($) 
(1) 

Bonus ($) 
(2) 

Stock 
Awards 
($)(3) 

Option 
Awards 
($) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

   Total ($)    

George H. Kirby III ...........    2018       
President and 
  2017       
Chief Executive Officer 
Matthew T. Shafer (5) .........    2018       
Vice President 
  2017       
Chief Financial Officer 
and Treasurer 
Christopher Phebus (6) ........    2018       
2017       
Vice President, 
Engineering 
Dr. Mike M. Mekhiche (8) ..    2018       
Former Executive Vice 
President, 
Engineering and 
Operations 

2017 

381,600       
381,600       

276,565       
235,829       

70,000       
86,350       

236,042       
143,400       

118,750       
53,900       

20,418       
49,788       

79,784       
-       

37,406       
-       

108,000       
-       

91,814       

-       
336,328        123,600       

-       
53,380       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

51,710 (4)       779,875   
37,468 (4)       741,247   

-   
-   

     375,210   
     247,088   

17,815 (7)       243,005   
-   

- 

33,712 (9)       125,526   
20,086 (9)       533,394 

(1)  Salary  represents  actual  salary  earned during  each fiscal year.  The  amounts  in  this column  may  be  different  from  the 
amounts listed below under description of employment agreements, due to increases in salary levels and payments for 
unused vacation during each fiscal year. 

(2)  This amount represent bonuses earned by the named executive officers in fiscal year 2018 and 2017.  
(3)  The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the 
year computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) No. 718, “Compensation- 
Stock Compensation.” The assumptions used in calculating these amounts are incorporated by reference to Note 2 to the 
financial statements in this Annual Report.  

(4)  For fiscal year 2018 the amount of $51,710 includes $42,710 for relocation expenses and $9,000 relates to the Company’s 
matching contributions to the 401(K) plan. For fiscal year 2017 the amount of $37,468 includes $34,468 for relocation 
expenses  and  $3,000  relates  to  the  Company’s  matching  contributions  to  the  401(K)  plan.  In  accordance  with  his 
employment agreement Mr. Kirby is eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses.  

(5)  Mr. Shafer joined the Company on September 7, 2016 to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. 
(6)  Mr. Phebus joined the Company on January 15, 2018 to serve as the Company’s Vice President of Engineering. 
(7)  For fiscal year 2018 the amount of $17,815 is relocation expenses in accordance with Mr. Phebus’ employment agreement. 
(8)  Dr. Mekhiche resigned from his position as Executive Vice President, Engineering and Operations effective August 8, 

2017.  

(9)  For  fiscal  year  2018  the  amount  of  $33,712  includes  $31,612  payout  for  unused  vacation  and  $2,100  relates  to  the 
Company’s  matching  contributions  to  the  401(K)  plan.  For  fiscal  year  2017  the  amount  of  $20,086  includes  $12,886 
payout for unused vacation and $7,200 relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) plan.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreements 

George H. Kirby III — President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Under an agreement entered into on December 29, 2014, Mr. Kirby was entitled to an initial annual base salary of 
$360,000 subject to adjustment upon annual review by our Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $381,600 on 
May 1, 2016 and to $391,140 on May 1, 2018. Mr. Kirby is also eligible to earn discretionary incentive bonuses and incentive 
compensation. The Company also reimbursed Mr. Kirby for his eligible relocation costs. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, or if he terminates his employment for good reason (as 
such  terms  are  defined  in  his  employment  agreement),  Mr.  Kirby  has  the  right  to  receive  severance  payments.  If  such 
termination occurs, Mr. Kirby will receive twelve months of his base salary then in effect. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. 
Kirby is prohibited from competing with us and soliciting our customers, prospective customers or employees during the term 
of his employment and for a period of one year after the termination or expiration of his employment. 

Matthew T. Shafer – Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

On August 23,  2016,  and  in connection with  his hiring by  the  Company,  Mr.  Shafer  entered  into  an  employment 
agreement with the Company, to be effective on September 7, 2016 (the “Shafer Employment Agreement”). Under the Shafer 
Employment Agreement, Mr. Shafer was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $220,000 subject to adjustment upon annual 
review by the Company’s Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $250,000 on October 18, 2017 and to $253,125 
on May 1, 2018. Mr. Shafer is also eligible to earn discretionary incentive bonuses and incentive compensation. He is also 
entitled to participate in all Company employee benefit plans.  

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, or if he terminates his employment for good reason (as 
such terms are defined in the Shafer Employment Agreement), Mr. Shafer has the right to receive severance payments. If such 
termination occurs before the end of six months of service, he receives no severance. If such termination occurs after completing 
six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Shafer is also 
subject  to  covenants  regarding  confidentiality,  non-competition  and  non-solicitation  during  and  after  the  term  of  his 
employment. 

Christopher Phebus- Vice President, Engineering 

On November 28, 2017, and in connection with his hiring by the Company, Mr. Phebus entered into an employment 
agreement with the Company, to be effective on January 15, 2018 (the “Phebus Employment Agreement”). Under the Phebus 
Employment Agreement, Mr. Phebus was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $270,000 subject to adjustment upon annual 
review by the Board of Directors, which was subsequently increased to $271,969 on May 1, 2018. Mr. Phebus is also eligible 
to earn discretionary incentive bonuses and incentive compensation. He is also entitled to participate in all Company employee 
benefit plans. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, or if he terminates his employment for good reason (as 
such terms are defined in the Phebus Employment Agreement), Mr. Phebus has the right to receive severance payments. If such 
termination occurs before the end of six months of service, he receives no severance. If such termination occurs after completing 
six months of service, Mr. Phebus will receive six months of his base salary. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Phebus is also 
subject  to  covenants  regarding  confidentiality,  non-competition  and  non-solicitation  during  and  after  the  term  of  his 
employment. 

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans 

2006 Stock Incentive Plan 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on December 7, 2006, was approved by our 
stockholders on January 12, 2007 and became effective on April 24, 2007. The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the 
grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-unit awards. On October 
2, 2009, an amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved, increasing the aggregate number of shares authorized 
for issuance by 850,000 shares to 1,653,215 shares. In 2010, our Board of Directors approved amending and restating the 2006 
Stock Incentive Plan to make certain adjustments, including imposing minimum performance periods for performance awards 
and minimum vesting periods for time-based awards, a requirement that we obtain stockholder approval prior to certain option 
and stock appreciation right repricing actions, and limiting the situations in which vesting periods may be waived or accelerated. 
This amendment and restatement did not require the approval of our stockholders. On October 2, 2013, a further amendment 
to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by our stockholders, increasing the aggregate number of shares authorized for 
issuance by an additional 800,000 shares to 2,453,215. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  employees,  officers,  directors,  consultants  and  advisors  are  eligible  to  receive  awards  under  our  2006  Stock 
Incentive Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The maximum number of shares of 
Common Stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan is 200,000 
per calendar year. 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was administered by our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms of our 2006 Stock 
Incentive Plan, and to the extent permitted by law, our Board of Directors could delegate authority to one or more committees 
or subcommittees of the Board of Directors or to our officers. Our Board of Directors or any committee to whom the Board of 
Directors delegates authority selected the recipients of awards and determined: 

● 

● 

● 
● 

the number of shares of Common Stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become 
exercisable; 
the exercise price of options; provided, however, that the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the 
fair market value of the underlying Common Stock on the date the option is granted; 
the duration of the options; and 
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-unit awards and the 
terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price. 

If our Board of Directors delegated authority to an officer, the officer had the power to make awards to all of our 
employees, except to executive officers. Our Board of Directors fixed the terms of the awards to be granted by such officer, 
including the exercise price of such awards, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such officer could make. 

If a merger or other reorganization event occurred, our Board of Directors could provide that all of our outstanding 
options are to be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation. Our Board of Directors could also provide that, in the 
event the succeeding corporation did not agree to assume, or substitute for, outstanding options, then all unexercised options 
would become exercisable in full prior to the completion of the event and that these options would terminate immediately prior 
to the completion of the merger or other reorganization event if not previously exercised. Our Board of Directors could also 
provide for cashing out the value of any outstanding options. 

No  awards  could  be  granted  under  our  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  after  December  6,  2016,  but  the  vesting  and 
effectiveness of awards granted before that date could extend beyond that date. Our Board of Directors could amend, suspend 
or terminate our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval would be required for any revision 
that would materially increase the number of shares reserved for issuance, expand the types of awards available under the plan, 
materially modify plan eligibility requirements, extend the term of the plan or materially modify the method of determining the 
exercise  price  of  options  granted  under  the  plan,  or  otherwise  as  required  to  comply  with  applicable  law  or  stock  market 
requirements. 

As of April 30, 2018, options to purchase 46,116 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price 

of $38.96 were outstanding under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 

As of April 30, 2018, we had granted 114,019 shares of restricted Common Stock under our 2006 Stock Incentive 

Plan, of which zero remain outstanding as of April 30, 2018. 

Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (discussed below) was approved by the stockholders on October 22, 2015, no 

further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

On August 17, 2015, the Board of Directors approved, subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, the Ocean Power 
Technologies, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). On October 22, 2015, the stockholders approved the 2015 
Plan  and  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  was  terminated.  Effective  August  17,  2016,  our  Board  approved  and  adopted  an 
amendment to the 2015 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares available for grant under the 
2015 Plan from 240,703 to 640,703 in order to assure that adequate shares will be available for future grants. On October 21, 
2016, the stockholders approved the amendment to the 2015 Plan. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description of 2015 Plan 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the 2015 Plan, as amended, and is qualified in its entirety 
by reference to the complete text of the 2015 Plan, a copy of which is filed as Annex A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 
14A filed with the SEC on September 3, 2015. 

Administration  

The 2015 Plan is administered by a committee of the Board, which consists of not fewer than two directors of the 
Company designated by the Board, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated 
under the Exchange Act, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code as amended 
(as now in effect or later amended and any successor thereto, the “Code”) and, for so long as our Common Stock is listed on 
the  NASDAQ,  an  “independent  director”  within  the  meaning  of  the  NASDAQ  rules.  Among  other  things,  the  committee 
administering the 2015 Plan has full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided 
for under the 2015 Plan, any award under the 2015 Plan or any award agreement under the 2015 Plan, not inconsistent with the 
specific terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, which the committee deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration 
of the 2015 Plan. The committee administering the 2015 Plan, may amend, modify or supplement the terms of any outstanding 
award, provided that no amendment, modification or supplement of the terms of any outstanding award shall impair a grantee’s 
rights under an award without the consent of the grantee. The committee administering the 2015 Plan is also authorized to 
construe  the  award  agreements,  and may  prescribe rules relating  to  the 2015 Plan. Notwithstanding  the foregoing, our  full 
Board will conduct the general administration of the 2015 Plan with respect to all awards granted to our non-employee directors. 
In addition, in its sole discretion, our Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the 
committee under the 2015 Plan except with respect to matters which are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the 
committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder. 

Grant of Awards; Shares Available for Awards; Award Limits; Eligible Grantees 

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  unit  awards  and 
unrestricted  stock  awards,  dividend  equivalent  rights,  performance  share  awards  or  other  performance-based  awards,  other 
equity-based awards or cash to eligible employees, officers and non-employee directors of the Company or any affiliate of the 
Company, or any consultant or adviser to the Company or an affiliate who is currently providing services to the Company or 
an affiliate, or to any other individual whose participation in the 2015 Plan is determined to be in the best interests of the 
Company by the committee administering the 2015 Plan. We have reserved a total of 200,000 shares of Common Stock for 
issuance as or under awards to be made under the 2015 Plan, plus (y) 40,703, which was the number of shares of Common 
Stock available for issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan, plus (z) the number 
of shares of our Common Stock related to awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan 
which thereafter terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of such shares. With the 
amendment to the Plan approved by the stockholders on October 21, 2016, the number of shares of Common Stock increased 
from 240,703 to 640,703. If any award expires, is cancelled, or terminates unexercised or is forfeited, the number of shares 
subject thereto is again available for grant under the 2015 Plan. The maximum number of shares of stock that can be granted 
under the 2015 Plan pursuant to incentive stock option awards is currently two hundred thousand (200,000). The maximum 
number of shares of stock subject to awards that can be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any person, 
other than a non-employee director, is seventy-five thousand (75,000). The maximum fair market value of shares of stock that 
may be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any non-employee director is two-hundred thousand dollars 
($200,000). The limitation on the amount of shares of stock issuable under the 2015 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event 
of certain changes in our capital stock, such as recapitalizations, reclassifications, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, 
combinations of our stock, exchanges of our stock and other increases or decreases in our stock without receipt of consideration. 

As of April 30, 2018, options to purchase 342,413 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price 

of $1.73 were outstanding under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

As of April 30, 2018, we had granted 346,996 shares of Restricted Common Stock under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive 

Plan. 194,304 shares vested and 52,925 shares were cancelled, with 99,767 shares remaining outstanding. 

The  2015  Plan  will  terminate  automatically  on  October  22,  2025,  which  is  ten  years  after  the  date  on  which 
stockholders approve the 2015 Plan. As of April 30, 2018, there are 89,531 shares available for grant under the 2015 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan 

On  January 18,  2018,  the  Board  adopted  the  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  Employment  Inducement  Incentive 
Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”) and, subject to the adjustment provisions of the Inducement Plan, reserved 500,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to equity awards granted under the Inducement Plan. 

The Inducement Plan was adopted without stockholder approval pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) of 
the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Inducement Plan provides for the grant of equity-based awards, including restricted stock units, 
restricted  stock,  performance  shares  and  performance  units,  and  its  terms  are  substantially  similar  to  the  Company’s  2015 
Omnibus Incentive Plan, including with respect to treatment of equity awards in the event of a “change in control” as defined 
under the Inducement Plan, but with such other terms and conditions intended to comply with the NASDAQ inducement award 
exception. 

In accordance with Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, awards under the Inducement 
Plan may only be made to individuals not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company (or following such 
individuals’ bona fide period of non-employment with the Company), as an inducement material to the individuals’ entry into 
employment  with  the  Company.  An  award  is  any  right  to  receive  the  Company’s  common  stock  pursuant  to  the  2018 
Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a restricted stock unit award or a stock 
payment award. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and 
in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date of its adoption. Any Awards 
that are outstanding on the Expiration Date, or the date of termination of the Plan (if earlier), shall remain in force according 
to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. As of April 30, 2018, there were 97,297 shares outstanding and 
402,703 shares available for grant under the 2018 Inducement Plan. 

2018 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table 

The following table contains certain information regarding equity awards held by the named executive officers as of 

April 30, 2018: 

Name and 
Principal Position 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

   Numbers of      Numbers of        

Shares 

Shares 

   Underlying      Underlying        
   Unexercised      Unexercised       Option 
   Options (#)      Options (#)       Exercise 
   Exercisable     Unexercisable      Price ($) 

     Number of    
     Shares or    
     Units of 
     Option 
     Stock That    
     Expiration       Have Not    
     Vested (#)    

Date 

Market 
Value of 
Shares or    
Units of 
Stock That    
Have Not    
Vested ($)    

George H. Kirby III .........................    

Matthew T. Shafer ...........................    

Christopher Phebus ..........................    

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-     

-     

-     

50,000(1) 

10,308(2) 
14,584(3) 

55,000   

11,339   
16,042   

97,297(4) 

107,027   

(1)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on May 19, 2017 relating to an aggregate of 50,000 shares which vest after a 

two- year period based on service requirements.  

(2)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on October 21, 2016 relating to an aggregate of 15,462 shares which vest over 

a three- year period based on service requirements; 5,154 shares vested on Sept 17, 2017.  

(3)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on May 19, 2017 relating to an aggregate of 14,584 shares which vest after a 

two- year period based on service requirements.  

(4)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on January 18, 2018 relating to an aggregate of 97,297 shares which vest over 

a three- year period based on service requirements.  

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control  

The following information sets forth the terms of potential payments to each of our named executive officers in the 
event of a termination of employment. We do not include information for Mr. Mekhiche since he is no longer employed by the 
Company. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
      
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
      
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
      
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
        
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Termination by Company without Cause; Termination by Executive for Good Reason. Our employment agreement 
with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay within 30 days in the event that employment is terminated by the Company, other 
than for cause, upon Mr. Kirby’s disability or by the executive with good reason, in the amount of twelve months of base salary. 
Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other payments owed such as a short-term bonus, long-term compensation, 
benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree such payments are owed for service provided up to the date of termination. 
Finally,  the  expiration  date  of  any  other  options  held  by  Mr.  Kirby would  be  extended  to  a  date  90  days  after  the  date  of 
termination of employment (but not longer than the original term of such options). 

Our employment agreement with Mr. Shafer provides, upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, 
or if Mr. Shafer terminates his employment for good reason, that Mr. Shafer has the right to receive severance payments. If 
such termination occurs before the end of six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive no severance. If such termination 
occurs after completing six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. 

Our employment agreement with Mr. Phebus provides, upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, 
or if Mr. Phebus terminates his employment for good reason, that Mr. Phebus has the right to receive severance payments. If 
such termination occurs before the end of six months of service, Mr. Phebus will receive no severance. If such termination 
occurs after completing six months of service, Mr. Phebus will receive six months of his base salary. 

Termination  by  Company  for  Cause;  Termination  by  Executive  without  Good  Reason.  Under  our  employment 
contracts with Mr. Kirby upon termination for cause or at the executive’s election without good reason, the executive is entitled 
to the base salary and benefits due and owing to the executive as of the date of termination. The employment agreements with 
Mr. Shafer and Mr. Phebus do not contain provisions regarding severance in the event of a termination by the Company with 
or without cause or termination by the executive without good reason. 

Change in Control. Our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay equal to one (1) year of 
base salary if a change of control occurs and Mr. Kirby is terminated by the Company or Mr. Kirby terminates the agreement, 
each occurring within 90 days of the change of control. Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other payments owed 
such as a short-term bonus, long-term compensation, benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree such payments are 
owed for service provided up to the date of termination. Finally, the expiration date of any other options held by Mr. Kirby 
would be extended to a date 90 days after the date of termination (but not longer than the original term of such options). In 
addition, to the extent that Mr. Kirby has not previously vested in rights and interests held by Mr. Kirby under the Company’s 
stock and other equity plans (including stock options, restricted stock, RSU’s, performance units or performance shares), such 
rights and interest would become fully vested. 

The employment agreements for Mr. Shafer and Mr. Phebus do not contain change of control provisions; therefore, 
payments for cash severance and continued healthcare benefits are the same as for termination without cause. The restricted 
stock agreement provides for accelerated stock vesting upon a change in control. 

Termination upon Failure to Renew by the Company. In the event that our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby 
terminates the end of the term and is not renewed as a result of a decision by the Company not to renew, prior to a decision by 
Mr. Kirby not to renew, the Company will pay Mr. Kirby a severance payment in the amount of one (1) year base salary in a 
lump sum within 30 days after the termination date. 

The employment agreements for Mr. Shafer and Mr. Phebus do not contain similar provisions. 

Qualifying retirement. Under our restricted stock agreements with the named executive officers, upon a Qualifying 
Retirement  50%  of  unvested  restricted  shares  will  vest  immediately.  A  “Qualifying  Retirement”  means  retirement  by  the 
recipient after satisfaction of the conditions in either clause (A) or clause (B): (A) the recipient has both (1) attained the age of 
55 and (2) completed at least ten years of employment with the Company; or (B) the sum of the recipient’s age plus the number 
of years he or she has been employed by the Company equals or exceeds 75 years. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock as of July 5, 
2018 by (a) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, 
(b) each executive officer (c) each director, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group. 

The Percentage of Common Stock outstanding is based on 18,368,286 shares of our Common Stock outstanding as of 
July 5, 2018. For purposes of the table below, and in accordance with the rules of the SEC, we deem shares of Common Stock 
subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018 to be outstanding and to be 
beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, 
but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as 
otherwise noted, each of the persons or entities in this table has sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the shares 
of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The street address 
of  each  beneficial  owner  shown  in  the  table  below  is  c/o  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.,  28  Engelhard  Drive,  Monroe 
Township, NJ 08831. 

Name of Beneficial Owner 

Number of Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned 

Percentage of 
Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned 

Terence J. Cryan (1) ............................................................................       
George H. Kirby III (2) .......................................................................       
Matthew T. Shafer (3) .........................................................................       
Steven Fludder (4) ...............................................................................       
Dean J. Glover (5) ...............................................................................       
Christopher Phebus (6) ........................................................................       
Robert Winters (7) ...............................................................................       
All directors and executive officers as a group (7 individuals) ..........       

49,476       
58,831       
3,471       
28,759       
43,027       
-       
28,759       
212,323       

*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
1.1 % 

*  Represents a beneficial ownership of less the one percent of our outstanding common stock 

(1)  Beneficial ownership includes 5,050 shares of our common stock and 44,426 shares issuable upon the exercise of 

options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018. 

(2)  Beneficial ownership includes 58,831 shares of our common stock. 
(3)  Beneficial ownership includes 3,471 shares of our common stock. 
(4)  Beneficial ownership includes 28,759 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are currently exercisable or 

exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018. 

(5)  Beneficial ownership includes 4,950 shares of our common stock and 38,077 shares issuable upon the exercise of 

options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018. 

(6)  Mr. Phebus joined the company on January 15, 2018 and does have any ownership of our common stock or options 

that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018. 

(7)  Beneficial ownership includes 28,759 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are currently exercisable or 

exercisable within sixty days of July 5, 2018. 

55 

 
 
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth the indicated information as of April 30, 2018 with respect to our equity compensation 

plans: 

Number of Shares 
to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options and 
Restricted 
Stock 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding 
Options 

Number of Shares 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future Issuance 
Under 
Equity 
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
Shares 
Reflected in First 
Column 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders 

Stock Options...............................................................       
Restricted Stock ...........................................................       

388,529      $ 
197,064        

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
shareholders 

Stock Options...............................................................       
Restricted Stock ...........................................................       
Total .................................................................................       

-        
97,297        
682,890        

6.15        
N/A        

-        
N/A        
-        

89,531(1) 
-  

-  
402,703(2) 
492,234  

(1)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 
(2)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Employee Inducement Incentive Award 

Plan. 

Our equity compensation plans consist of 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan which were 
approved by our stockholders. Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by the stockholders on October 22, 2015, 
no further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. Shares that 
are forfeited under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan on or after October 22, 2015 will become available for issuance under the 
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

The  equity  compensation  plan  that has not  been  approved by  our  shareholders  is  our 2018 Employee  Inducement 

Incentive Award Plan. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Board Determination of Independence 

Under applicable NASDAQ rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if they are not an executive 
officer or employee of the Company, and, in the opinion of our Board of Directors, that person does not have a relationship 
which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. 

Our  Board  has  determined  that  all  of  our  current  directors  are  “independent  directors”  within  the  meaning  of  the 
applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ, except for George H. Kirby III who is our President and Chief Executive Officer. 

Certain Relationship and Related Person Transaction 

Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions 

The Audit Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing and approving all related person transactions (as 
defined in SEC regulations), and periodically reassessing any related person transaction entered into by the Company to ensure 
continued appropriateness. This responsibility is set forth in our Audit Committee charter. A related party transaction will only 
be approved if the members of the Audit Committee determine that the transaction is in the best interests of the Company. If a 
director is involved in the transaction, he or she will recuse himself or herself from all decisions regarding the transaction. 

56 

 
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
         
         
   
     
         
         
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The following table summarizes the fees of KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, billed to 

us for each of the last two fiscal years. 

   Fiscal Year 2018      Fiscal Year 2017   

Audit Fees (1) ................................................................................     $ 
Audit- Related Fees .....................................................................       
Tax Fees (2) ...................................................................................       
All Other Fees (3) ..........................................................................       
Total Fees ....................................................................................     $ 

322,000      $ 
-        
19,000        
1,780        
342,780      $ 

432,500   
-   
6,000   
150,339   
588,839   

(1)  Audit Fees consist of fees for the audit and quarterly reviews of our consolidated financial statements and other 
professional services provided in connection with the statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. Fiscal year 
2018 and 2017 audit fees include fees for comfort letters and consents of $72,500 and $182,500, respectively, 
related to several equity offerings. Fiscal 2018 includes $4,500 for out of pocket fees. 

(2)  Tax Fees include fees for the tax return preparation assistance and review. 
(3)  All Other Fees for fiscal 2018 includes subscription fee for KPMG’s accounting research tool. Fiscal year 2017 

include reimbursement of costs related to response to SEC inquiry. 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures 

The  Audit  Committee’s  policy  is  that  all  audit  services  and  all  non-audit  services  to  be  provided  to  us  by  our 
independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s 
approval  procedures  include  the  review  and  approval  of  a  description  of  the  services  that  documents  the  fees  for  all  audit 
services and non-audit services, primarily tax advice and tax return preparation and review. 

All audit services and all non-audit services in fiscal years 2018 and 2017 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. 
The  Audit  Committee  has  determined  that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  for  which  these  fees  were  rendered  is 
compatible with maintaining the independent auditor’s independence. 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) (1) Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1. 

(3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index on pages 59 to 60. 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

57 

 
 
  
  
  
     
       
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: July 17, 2018 

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III  

By: George H. Kirby III 
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 

/s/ Terence J. Cryan 
Terence J. Cryan 

/s/ Dean J. Glover 
Dean J. Glover 

/s/ Steven M. Fludder 
Steven M. Fludder 

/s/ Robert K. Winters 
Robert K. Winters 

President and Chief Executive Officer    
(Principal Executive Officer) 
Director 

Chief Financial Officer 
and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial Officer and 
Principal Accounting Officer) 

DATE 

July 17, 2018 

July 17, 2018 

Chairman of the Board 
Director 

July 17, 2018 

Director 

Director 

Director 

July 17, 2018 

July 17, 2018 

July 17, 2018 

58 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3  

3.4 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

Exhibits Index  

Description  

   Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  our 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed September 14, 2007).  

   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. dated October 27, 
2015 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2015). 
   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report 

on Form 8-K filed June 23, 2016). 

   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of 
the State of Delaware on October 21, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2016). 

   Specimen certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1/A filed March 

19, 2007). 

   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on 

Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016). 

   Option  Agreement  for  Purchase  of  Emissions  Credits,  dated  November  24,  2000  between  Ocean  Power 
Technologies,  Inc.  and  its  affiliates  and  Woodside  Sustainable  Energy  Solutions  Pty.  Ltd.  (incorporated  by 
reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 filed November 13, 2006). 

   Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to Proxy Statement 

filed August 28, 2013).* 

   Agreement for Renewable Energy Economic Development Grants, dated November 3, 2003, between State of 
New  Jersey  Board  of  Public  Utilities  and  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  from 
Exhibit 10.18 to Form S-1/A filed March 19, 2007). 

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 

14, 2011).* 

   Amended Option Agreement for Purchase of Emissions Credits, dated December 4, 2012, between Ocean Power 
Technologies, Inc. and its affiliates and Metasource Pty Ltd (formerly known as Woodside Sustainable Energy 
Solutions Pty Ltd) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K filed July 12, 2013). 

10.6  

   Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2014, between George H. Kirby and Ocean Power Technologies, 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 11, 2015).* 

   Placement Agency Agreement dated June 2, 2016, by and among Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Roth Capital 
Partners, LLC and Rodman & Renshaw, a unit of H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016). 

   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016). 

   Form of Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016). 

10.10 

   2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan* (incorporated by reference to Annex A to Proxy Statement filed on September 3, 

2015). 

10.11 

   Stipulation and Agreement of Class Settlement dated as of May 5, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2016). 

10.12 

   Agreement by and between Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd 
dated May 31, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on 
June 6, 2016). 

10.13 

   Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2016). 

10.14 

   Form of Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 21, 2016, to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 
2016, by and among Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and the investor’s signatory thereto, and (incorporated by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 21, 2016). 

10.15 

   Form of Placement Agency Agreement, dated July 22, 2016, between the Company and the Placement Agent 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2016). 

10.16 

   Form  of  Subscription  Agreement,  dated  July  22,  2016  between  the  Company  and  the  Purchasers  thereto 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2016). 

10.17 

   Employment  Letter  between  the  Company  and  Matthew  Shafer  dated  August  23,  2016,  (incorporated  by 

reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016). 

59 

  
     
  
  
     
10.18 

   Letter Agreement between the Company and Mark A. Featherstone dated August 25, 2016, (incorporated by 

reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016). 

10.19 

   Employment  Letter  between  the  Company  and  Mike  Mekhiche  dated  September  12,  2016,  (incorporated  by 

reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016). 

10.20 

   Letter Agreement between the Company and Mike Mekhiche dated June 19, 2014, (incorporated by reference 

10.21 

10.22  

10.23  

from Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016). 

   Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  U.S.  Office  of  Naval  Research  dated  September  13,  2016 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 
14, 2016). 

   Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  U.S.  Office  of  Naval  Research  dated  September  13,  2016 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 
14, 2016). 

   Lease  Agreement,  dated  March  31,  2017  between  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and  PPH  Industrial  28 
Engelhard, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 6, 
2017).  

10.24  

   Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).* 

10.25  

   Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  for  Employment  Inducement  Incentive  Award  Plan  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).*  

10.26  

   Contract between eni SpA and the Company dated March 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 

10.27  
21.1 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 
32.2 
101 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 19, 2018). +  

   Contract between Premier Oil UK Limited and the Company dated June 27, 2018.+ 
   Subsidiaries of the registrant 
   Consent of KPMG LLP 
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer 
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 
   The following financial information from Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  annual  period  ended  April  30,  2018,  formatted  in  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language  (XBRL):  (i) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets – as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations – for 
the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss – for the years 
ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – for the years ended April 
30, 2018 and 2017 (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, 
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.*** 

Indicates that confidential treatment has been requested for this exhibit. 

+ 
*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
**  As provided in Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K, this exhibit shall not be deemed to be “filed” or part 
of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
or otherwise subject to the liability under those sections. 

***  As  provided  in  Rule  406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  this  exhibit  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  or  a  part  of  a 
registration  statement  or  prospectus  for  purposes  of  Sections  11  or  12  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
or otherwise subject to the liability under those sections. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 
Reports of Management .....................................................................................................................................................   F-2  
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.............................................................................................   F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheets, April 30, 2018 and 2017 ....................................................................................................   F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Operations, Years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 ...............................................................   F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, Years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 ...............................................   F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 ...............................................   F-7  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 ..............................................................   F-8  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................................................................................................   F-9  

F-1 

 
  
  
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Management 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  by  the  management  of  Ocean  Power 
Technologies, Inc. (the Company) in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles to reflect the financial position 
of the Company and its operating results. The financial information appearing throughout this Annual Report is consistent with 
the consolidated financial statements. Management is responsible for the information and representations in such consolidated 
financial statements, including the estimates and judgments required for their preparation. The consolidated financial statements 
have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears 
herein. 

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  is  composed  entirely  of  directors  who  are  not  officers  or 
employees of the Company, meets regularly with management and the independent registered public accounting firm. The 
independent registered public accounting firm has had, and continues to have, direct access to the Audit Committee without 
the presence of other management personnel, and have been directed to discuss the results of their audit work and any matters 
they believe should be brought to the Committee’s attention. The independent registered public accounting firm reports directly 
to the Audit Committee. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles in the United States. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures that: 

● 

● 

● 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the Company; 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures 
of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
Company; and 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 
disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of  April  30,  2018.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  this 
assessment  using  those  criteria,  management  concluded  that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
effective as of April 30, 2018. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries 
(the  Company)  as  of  April  30,  2018  and  2017,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  loss, 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended April 30, 2018, and the related notes 
(collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, and 
the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  two-year  period  ended  April  30,  2018,  in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

Going Concern 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as 
a going concern. As discussed in note 1 (b) to the consolidated financial statements, as of April 30, 2018 the Company has cash 
and cash equivalents of $11.5 million, and the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated 
deficit. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to 
these matters are described in note 1 (b). The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result 
from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond 
to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004. 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
July 17, 2018 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except share data) 

April 30, 2018 

April 30, 2017 

Current assets: 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................    $ 
Marketable securities .................................................................................   
Restricted cash- short-term ........................................................................   
Accounts receivable ...................................................................................   
Unbilled receivables ..................................................................................   
Litigation receivable ..................................................................................   
Other current assets ....................................................................................   
Total current assets ................................................................................    
Property and equipment, net ..........................................................................    
Restricted cash- long-term .............................................................................    
Other noncurrent assets ..................................................................................    

Total assets .............................................................................................     $ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable .......................................................................................    $ 
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................   
Litigation payable ......................................................................................   
Warrant liabilities ......................................................................................   
Current portion of capital lease obligations ...............................................   
Unearned revenue ......................................................................................   
Deferred credits payable current ................................................................   
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................    
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations ..............................................    
Deferred rent ..................................................................................................    
Total liabilities .......................................................................................    

Commitments and contingencies 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares,  
none issued or outstanding .........................................................................   
Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares,   
issued 18,424,939 and 6,313,996 shares, respectively ...............................   
Treasury stock, at cost; 74,012 and 48,065 shares, respectively ................   
Additional paid-in capital ..........................................................................   
Accumulated deficit ...................................................................................   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .....................................................   
Total stockholders’ equity......................................................................    
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ...............................................     $ 

11,499      $ 
25     
572     
171     
71     
350     
567     
13,255     
712     
154     
-     

14,121      $ 

290      $ 

2,261     
350     
201     
23     
18     
600     
3,743     
-     
142     
3,885     

8,421   
25   
334   
48   
296   
-   
622   
9,746   
170   
154   
3   
10,073   

586   
3,059   
-   
323   
35   
-   
600   
4,603   
23   
-   
4,626   

-     

-   

18     
(300 )   
208,216     
(197,538 )   
(160 )   
10,236     
14,121      $ 

6   
(263 ) 
193,234   
(187,370 ) 
(160 ) 
5,447   
10,073   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

Revenues ................................................................................................................     $ 
Cost of revenues ....................................................................................................    
Gross loss .......................................................................................................    

511      $ 
763     
(252 )   

Operating expenses: 

Product development costs ................................................................................    
Selling, general and administrative costs ...........................................................    
Total operating expenses ...............................................................................    
Operating loss ........................................................................................................    

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities .....................................    
Interest income, net ................................................................................................    
Other income .........................................................................................................    
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) .................................................................................    
Loss before income taxes .......................................................................................    
Income tax benefit .............................................................................................    
Net loss ..................................................................................................................     $ 
Basic and diluted net loss per share .......................................................................     $ 

Weighted average shares used to compute 
basic and diluted net loss per share ....................................................................    

4,320     
6,988     
11,308     
(11,560 )   

122     
83     
4     
75     
(11,276 )   
1,119     
(10,157 )    $ 
(0.66 )    $ 

843   
938   
(95 ) 

5,029   
6,563   
11,592   
(11,687 ) 

1,491   
28   
-   
(16 ) 
(10,184 ) 
698   
(9,486 ) 
(2.23 ) 

15,346,602     

4,259,172   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss 
(in thousands) 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

Net loss ..........................................................................................................     $ 
Foreign currency translation adjustment ........................................................    
Total comprehensive loss ...............................................................................     $ 

(10,157 )    $ 

-     

(10,157 )    $ 

(9,486 ) 
(38 ) 
(9,524 ) 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity  
(in thousands, except share data) 

    Additional     

    Accumulated      
Other 

Total 

    Treasury Shares      Paid-In      Accumulated    Comprehensive     Stockholders’   

   Amount     Shares     Amount      Capital       Deficit 

Loss 

     Equity 

   Common Shares 
   Shares 

Balances, April 30, 
2016 .......................       2,352,100    $ 
Net loss ..................      
Stock based 
compensation .........      
Issuance of 
restricted stock, net       189,896      
Sale of stock ...........       3,772,000      
Acquisition of 
treasury stock .........      
Other 
comprehensive loss      
Balances, April 30, 
2017 .......................       6,313,996    $ 
Net loss ..................      
Stock based 
compensation .........      
Issuance of 
restricted stock, net       178,756      
Sale of stock, net of 
financing costs .......      11,932,187      
Acquisition of 
treasury stock .........      
Adoption of 
accounting standard 
update related to 
stock compensation 
accounting (ASU 
2016-09) .................      
Other 
comprehensive loss      
Balances, April 30, 
2018 .......................      18,424,939    $ 

2      (6,894 )   $ 

(138 )   $  181,670     $ 

(177,884 )  $ 
(9,486 )    

(122 )   $ 

278       

954       
10,332       

-     
4     

      (41,171 )     

(125 )     

6     (48,065 )   $ 

(263 )   $  193,234     $ 

(187,370 )  $ 
(10,157 )    

(38 )     

(160 )   $ 

329       

-       

14,642       

-     

12     

      (25,947 )     

(37 )     

3,528   
(9,486 ) 

278   

954   
10,336   

(125 ) 

(38 ) 

5,447   
(10,157 ) 

329   

-   

14,654   

(37 ) 

11       

(11 )    

-   

-   

-       

18     (74,012 )   $ 

(300 )   $  208,216     $ 

(197,538 )  $ 

(160 )   $ 

10,236   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-7 

  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
     
     
      
      
      
     
      
  
       
      
        
        
        
        
       
      
        
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
      
        
        
        
       
       
      
        
        
        
        
       
      
        
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
      
        
        
        
       
      
        
        
        
       
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss ..............................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: 

(10,157 )    $ 

(9,486 ) 

Foreign exchange (gain)/loss  ........................................................................    
Depreciation  ..................................................................................................    
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  .......................................    
Compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted  
stock  ..............................................................................................................    
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities  .....................................................    
Payment for litigation settlement  ..................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:  

Accounts receivable ...................................................................................    
Unbilled receivable  ...................................................................................    
Other receivable  ........................................................................................    
Other assets  ...............................................................................................    
Accounts payable .......................................................................................    
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................    
Deferred rent  .............................................................................................    
Unearned revenues  ....................................................................................    
Net cash used in operating activities  .....................................................    

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of marketable securities  ...................................................................    
Maturities of marketable securities ....................................................................    
Leasehold improvements and purchase of equipment  ......................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  ...............................    

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock and related warrants, net of costs ....    
Payment of capital lease obligations  .................................................................    
Payment of debt  ................................................................................................    
Acquisition of treasury stock  ............................................................................    
Net cash provided by financing activities  .............................................    
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash .....    
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash .....................    
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period ...........................    
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period .....................................     $ 

(75 )   
122     
5     

329     
(122 )   
-     

(123 )   
225     
(166 )   
360     
(296 )   
(821 )   
5     
18     
(10,696 )   

(25 )   
25     
(658 )   
(658 )   

14,654     
(35 )   
-     
(37 )   
14,582     
88     
3,316     
8,909     
12,225      $ 

Supplemental schedule of cash flows information: 

Cash paid for interest .........................................................................................     $ 

3      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities: 

Acquisition of equipment pursuant to capital leases  .........................................     $ 
Acquisition of leasehold improvements and equipment through accrued 
expenses  ............................................................................................................    

-      $ 

11     

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

16   
140   
-   

1,232   
(1,491 ) 
(500 ) 

(48 ) 
(258 ) 
-   
(212 ) 
213   
395   
-   
(39 ) 
(10,038 ) 

-   
50   
(37 ) 
13   

12,150   
(28 ) 
(50 ) 
(125 ) 
11,947   
(43 ) 
1,879   
7,030   
8,909   

6   

4   

-   

F-8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1)  Background and Liquidity 

(a) Background 

Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  was  founded  in  1984  in  New  Jersey,  commenced  business 
operations in 1994 and re-incorporated in Delaware in 2007. The Company is developing and commercializing its proprietary 
systems  that  generate  electricity  by  harnessing  the  renewable  energy  of  ocean  waves.  The  Company  uses  proprietary 
technologies that convert the mechanical energy created by the heaving motion of ocean waves into electricity. The Company 
has designed and continues to develop the PowerBuoy™ product line which is based on modular, ocean-going buoys, which 
the Company has been periodically ocean testing since 1997. The Company markets its PowerBuoys™ in the United States 
and  internationally.  Since  fiscal  2002,  government  agencies  have  accounted  for  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s 
revenues. These revenues were largely for the support of product development efforts. The Company’s goal is that an increased 
portion of its revenues be from the sale or lease of products and maintenance services, as compared to revenue to support its 
product development efforts. As the Company continues to advance its proprietary technologies, it expects to continue to have 
a  net  decrease  in  cash  from  operating  activities  unless  and  until  it  achieves  positive  cash  flow  from  the  planned 
commercialization of its products and services. 

(b) Liquidity/Going Concern 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. 
The Company has experienced substantial and recurring losses from operations, which have contributed to an accumulated 
deficit of $197.5 million at April 30, 2018. At April 30, 2018, the Company had approximately $11.5 million in cash on hand. 
The  Company  generated  revenues  of  only  $0.5  million  and  $0.8  million  during  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. Based on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances as of April 30, 2018, the 
Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2019, 
including $0.6 million of payments due by August 30, 2018 as a return of an option due to ineligibility for certain emission 
credits. The Company will require additional equity and/or debt financing to continue its operations. The Company cannot 
provide assurances that it will be able to secure additional funding when needed or at all, or, if secured, that such funding would 
be on favorable terms. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization 
of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not include 
any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets amounts or the amounts and classification 
of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Management is evaluating different strategies to obtain the required additional funding for future operations. These 
strategies  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  additional  funding  from  current  or  new  investors,  officers  and  directors; 
borrowings of debt; a public offering of the Company’s equity or debt securities; partnerships and/or collaborations. There can 
be no assurance that any of these future-funding efforts will be successful. 

In fiscal 2018 and 2017, the Company has continued to make investments in ongoing product development efforts in 
anticipation of future growth. The Company’s future results of operations involve significant risks and uncertainties. Factors 
that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, 
but are not limited to, risks from lack of available financing and insufficient capital, performance of PowerBuoys™, its inability 
to  market  and  commercialize  its  PowerBuoys™,  technology  development,  scalability  of  technology  and  production, 
dependence on skills of key personnel, concentration of customers and suppliers, deployment risks and laws, regulations and 
permitting  In  order  to  continue  to  implement  its  business  strategy,  the  Company  requires  additional  equity  and/or  debt 
financing.  The  Company closed five  equity financing  arrangements  during  the  two  year  period  ended April  30, 2018.  The 
Company does not currently have any committed sources of debt or equity financing, and the Company cannot assure that 
additional equity and/or debt financing will be available to the Company as needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Historically, 
the Company has raised capital through securities sales in the public capital markets. If sufficient additional financing is not 
obtained when needed, the Company may be required to further curtail or limit operations, product development costs, and/or 
selling,  general  and  administrative  activities  in  order  to  reduce  its  cash expenditures. This  could  cause  the  Company to be 
unable to execute its business plan, take advantage of future opportunities and may cause it to scale back, delay or eliminate 
some or all of its product development activities and/or reduce the scope of or cease its operations. 

F-9 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 (as 
amended, the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “June Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the 
Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 417,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to purchase 
up to an aggregate of 145,952 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a warrant to 
purchase 0.35 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $4.60. The net proceeds to the Company from the 
offering were approximately $1.7 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by 
the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The warrants have 
an exercise price of $6.08 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial Exercise Date”), and will expire five 
years following the Initial Exercise Date. The Company paid the placement agents approximately $0.1 million as placement 
agent fees in connection with the sale of securities in the offering. The Company also reimbursed the placement agents $35 
thousand for their out of pocket and legal expenses in connection with the offering. 

On  July  22,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Second  Amendment  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “July Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the Second Amended 
Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 595,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to purchase 
up to an aggregate of 178,500 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a warrant to 
purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $6.75. The net proceeds to the Company from the 
offering were approximately $3.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by 
the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The Warrants were 
exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $9.36 per share. The Warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the 
initial date of issuance. 

On  October  19,  2016,  the  Company  sold  2,760,000  shares  of  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.75  per  share,  which 
includes the sale of 360,000 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of 
the over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $6.9 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 6,192,750 shares of common stock at a price of $1.30 per share, which includes 
the sale of 807,750 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-
allotment  option  by  the  underwriters  in  a  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 5,739,437 shares of common stock at a price of $1.42 per share in  a best 
efforts public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $7.4 million, after deducting 
placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to stockholders. If additional funds are 
raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with the Company’s 
Common Stock and could contain covenants that would restrict its operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or 
on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain required financing, it may be required to 
reduce the scope of its operations, including its planned product development and marketing efforts, which could materially 
and adversely harm its financial condition and operating results. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing, it 
may be forced to cease operations. 

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a) Consolidation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned 
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Participation of 
stockholders other than the Company in the net assets and in the earnings or losses of a consolidated subsidiary is reflected as 
a  non-controlling  interest  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  Statements  of  Operations,  which  adjusts  the 
Company’s consolidated results of operations to reflect only the Company’s share of the earnings or losses of the consolidated 
subsidiary 

The Company also periodically evaluates its relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable 
interest  entities,  and  to  assess  whether  it  is  the  primary  beneficiary  of  such  entities.  If  the  determination  is  made  that  the 
Company is the primary beneficiary, then that entity is included in the consolidated financial statements. As of April 30, 2018, 
there were no such entities. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of 
estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include fair value of warrant liabilities; estimated costs to 
complete projects and percentage of completion of customer contracts for purposes of revenue recognition. Actual results could 
differ from those estimates. The current economic environment, particularly the macroeconomic pressures in certain European 
countries, has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions. 

(c) Revenue Recognition 

The Company’s contracts are either cost plus or fixed price contracts and may include a lease component. Under cost 
plus contracts, customers are billed for actual expenses incurred plus an agreed-upon fee. Under cost plus contracts, a profit or 
loss on a project is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. 

The  Company  has  two  types  of  fixed  price  contracts,  firm  fixed  price  and  cost-sharing.  Under  firm  fixed  price 
contracts, the Company receives an agreed-upon amount for providing products and services specified in the contract, a profit 
or loss is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. Under cost-sharing 
contracts, the fixed amount agreed upon with the customer is only intended to fund a portion of the costs on a specific project. 
Under cost sharing contracts, an amount corresponding to the revenue is recorded in cost of revenues, resulting in gross profit 
on these contracts of zero. The Company’s share of the costs is recorded as product development expense. 

Generally,  revenue  under  fixed  price  or  cost  plus  contracts  is  recognized  using  the  cost  to  cost  percentage-of-
completion method, measured by the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. In certain circumstances, 
revenue under contracts that have specified milestones or other performance criteria may be recognized only when the customer 
acknowledges that such criteria have been satisfied. If an arrangement involves multiple deliverables, the delivered items are 
considered separate units of accounting if the items have value on a stand-alone basis. Amounts allocated to each element are 
based on its objectively determined fair value, such as the sales price for the product or service when it is sold separately or 
competitor prices for similar products or services. 

In  addition, recognition of  revenue  (and  the  related  costs) may  be deferred for  fixed price  contracts until contract 
completion if the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the total costs of the project prior to completion. These contracts 
are subject to interpretation and management may make a judgment as to the amount of revenue earned and recorded. Because 
the  Company  has  a  small  number  of  contracts,  revisions  to  the  percentage-of-completion  determination,  management 
interpretation or delays in meeting performance and contractual criteria or in completing projects may have a significant effect 
on revenue for the periods involved. Upon anticipating a loss on a contract, the Company recognizes the full amount of the 
anticipated loss in the current period. 

The Company classifies leases as either operating or capital lease arrangements in accordance with the authoritative 
accounting guidance contained within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, “Leases”. At inception of the 
contract, the Company evaluates the lease against the four lease classification criteria within ASC Topic 840. In general, if one 
of the four criteria is met, then the lease is accounted for as a capital lease. All others are treated as an operating lease. For 
operating leases, lessee payments are recorded to revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Unbilled  receivables  represent  expenditures  on  contracts,  plus  applicable  profit  margin,  not  yet  billed.  Unbilled 
receivables are normally billed and collected within one year. Billings made on contracts are recorded as a reduction of unbilled 
receivables, and to the extent that such billings and cash collections exceed costs incurred plus applicable profit margin, they 
are recorded as unearned revenues. 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be 
cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash in a money market account. The following table summarizes cash and cash 
equivalents for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Checking and savings accounts ...................................................     $ 
Overnight repurchase account .....................................................       
Money market account.................................................................       
   $ 

1,332      $ 
-        
10,167        
11,499      $ 

4,241   
4,180   
-   
8,421   

Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

A portion of the Company’s cash is restricted under the terms of three security agreements. 

One agreement is between the Company and Barclays Bank. Under this agreement, the cash is on deposit at Barclays 
Bank and serves as security for letters of credit and bank guarantees that are expected to be issued by Barclays Bank on behalf 
of OPT LTD, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, under a credit facility established by Barclays Bank for OPT LTD. The credit 
facility is approximately €0.3 million ($0.4 million) and carries a fee of 1% per annum of the amount of any such obligations 
issued by Barclays Bank. The credit facility does not have an expiration date but is cancelable at the discretion of the bank. As 
of April 30, 2018, there was €0.3 million ($0.4 million) in letters of credit outstanding under this agreement. 

The other two agreements are between the Company and Santander Bank. Under the first agreement, the cash is on 
deposit  at  Santander  Bank  and  serves  as  security  for  letter  of  credit  issued  by  Santander  Bank  for  the  lease  of  new 
warehouse/office space in Monroe Township, New Jersey. The agreement cannot be extended beyond January 31, 2025, and 
is cancelable at the discretion of the bank. Under the second the cash is on deposit at Santander Bank and serves as security for 
a performance bond issued by Santander Bank as a requirement of the Eni contract. The following table summarizes restricted 
cash for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Barclay’s Bank Agreement ....................................................     $ 
Santander Bank ......................................................................       
   $ 

372      $ 
354        
726      $ 

334   
154   
488   

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  reported  within  the 
statement of financial position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows for the years 
ended April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents .....................................................     $ 
Restricted cash- short term ....................................................       
Restricted cash- long term .....................................................       
   $ 

11,499      $ 
572        
154        
12,225      $ 

8,421   
334   
154   
8,909   

(e) Marketable Securities 

Marketable securities with original maturities longer than three months but that mature in less than one year from the 
balance sheet date are classified as current assets. Marketable securities that the Company has the intent and ability to hold to 
maturity  are  classified  as  investments  held-to-maturity  and  are  reported  at  amortized  cost.  The  difference  between  the 
acquisition cost and face values of held-to-maturity investments is amortized over the remaining term of the investments and 
added to or subtracted from the acquisition cost and interest income. As of April 30, 2018 and, 2017, all of the Company’s 
investments were classified as held-to-maturity. 

F-12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
(f) Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  consists  primarily  of equipment, furnishings,  fixtures,  computer  equipment  and  leasehold 
improvements and are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenses for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Property and 
equipment is also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying 
amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount 
of  the  asset  exceeds  its  estimated  future  cash  flows,  then  an  impairment  charge  is  recognized  in  the  amount  by  which  the 
carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. 

Description   

   Estimated useful life 

Equipment  
Computer equipment & software 
Office furniture & fixtures 
Equipment under capitalized lease 
Leasehold improvements 

(g) Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses 

   5 - 7 years 
   3 years 
   3 - 7 years 
   Over the life of the lease 
   Shorter of the estimated useful life or lease term 

The Company has invested in certain certificates of deposit and has maintained cash accounts that are denominated in 
British pounds sterling, Euros and Australian dollars. These amounts are included in cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and 
marketable securities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Such positions may result in realized and unrealized 
foreign exchange gains or losses from exchange rate fluctuations, which are included in “foreign exchange gain (loss)” in the 
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

(h) Patents 

External costs related to the filing of patents, including legal and filing fees, are capitalized if expenses related to the 
filing of a patent are significant. The Company continually re-assesses the remaining useful lives of its long-lived assets and 
costs are expensed when it is no longer probable that such technology will be utilized. Patents are also reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the patent may not be recoverable. Two new 
patents were granted in fiscal year 2018 and no new patents were granted in fiscal year 2017. There was no amortization of 
patents recorded during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, as the patents are fully amortized. 

(i) Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash 
balances, bank certificates of deposit and trade receivables. The Company invests its excess cash in highly liquid investments 
(principally, short-term bank deposits, Treasury bills, Treasury notes and money market funds) and does not believe that it is 
exposed to any significant risks related to its cash accounts, money market funds or certificates of deposit. 

The table below shows the percentage of the Company’s revenues derived from customers whose revenues accounted 

for at least 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for at least one of the periods indicated: 

Eni S.p.A. ....................................................................................       
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ............................................       
Premier Oil UK Limited .............................................................       
U.S. Department of Defense Office of Naval Research ..............       

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

33 %      
43 %      
10 %      
14 %      
100 %      

0 % 
80 % 
0 % 
20 % 
100 % 

The loss of, or a significant reduction in revenues from a current customer could significantly impact the Company’s 

financial position or results of operations. The Company does not require its customers to maintain collateral. 

F-13 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
 
 
 
(j) Warrant Liabilities 

The Company’s warrants to purchase shares of its common stock are classified as warrant liabilities and are recorded 
at fair value. The warrant liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and the Company recognizes any 
change  in  fair  value  in  its  consolidated  statements  of  operations  within  “(Gain  due  to  the  change  in  fair  value  of  warrant 
liabilities”. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in the estimated fair value until 
such time as these instruments are exercised or expire. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to “Additional paid-in 
capital”, a component of “stockholders’ equity” on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(k) Net Loss per Common Share 

Basic and diluted net loss per share for all periods presented is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average 
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  during  the  period.  Due  to  the  Company’s  net  losses,  potentially  dilutive 
securities, consisting of outstanding stock options and non-vested performance-based shares, were excluded from the diluted 
loss per share calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect. 

In computing diluted net loss per share, options to purchase shares of common stock, warrants on common stock and 
non-vested restricted stock issued to employees and non-employee directors, totaling 910,045 and 657,078 for the years ended 
April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were excluded from each of the computations as the effect would be anti-dilutive due 
to the Company’s losses. 

(l) Share-Based Compensation 

Costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at 
their fair values. The aggregate share-based compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for 
the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 was approximately $0.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The following table 
summarizes share-based compensation related to the Company’s share-based plans by expense category for the years ended 
April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Product development .............................................................     $ 
Selling, general and administrative .......................................       
Total share-based compensation expense ..............................     $ 

24      $ 
305        
329      $ 

525   
707   
1,232   

Valuation Assumptions for Restricted Stock and Options Granted During the Years Ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 

Options 

The fair value of each stock option granted, for both service-based and performance-based vesting requirements during 
the year ended April 30 2018, was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no 
dividends, and using the weighted average valuation assumptions noted in the below table. The risk-free rate is based on the 
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of the stock 
options granted was estimated using the “simplified” method as permitted by the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, 
Share-Based Payment. Expected volatility was based on the Company’s historical volatility during the twelve months ended 
April 30, 2018. 

   Twelve months ended April 30,    

2018 

2017 

Risk-free interest rate ............................................................       
Expected dividend yield........................................................       
Expected life (in years) .........................................................       
Expected volatility ................................................................       

2.1 %      
0.0 %      
5.5         
128.2 %      

1.3 % 
0.0 % 
5.5   
96.2 % 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average per share fair value of $1.17 and 2.52 for stock 

options granted during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Restricted Stock 

Compensation expense for non-vested restricted stock is recorded based on its market value on the date of grant and 
recognized ratably over the associated service and performance period. If the vesting requirement of performance-based grants 
is tied to the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) relative to the total shareholder return of alternative energy Exchange 
Traded Funds as measured over a specific performance period then the compensation expense for these awards with market-
based vesting is calculated based on the estimated fair value as of the grant date utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model and 
is recognized over the service period on a straight-line basis. 

(m) Deferred Rent 

On  March  31,  2017,  the  Company  signed  a  new  7-year  lease  for  approximately  56,000  square  feet  in  Monroe 
Township, New Jersey that will be used as warehouse/production space and the Company’s principal offices and corporate 
headquarters. The lease was classified as an operating lease. Rent payments relating to the Monroe premises are subject to 
annual increases. The minimum monthly payments will vary over the 7-year term of the lease. The Company will record rent 
expense on a straight-line basis over the 7-year term of the lease. The difference between rent expense and the monthly lease 
payment  will  go  to  a  deferred  rent/prepaid  rent  account.  The  Landlord  has  provided  the  Company  a  tenant  improvement 
allowance in an amount up to, but not exceeding, $137,563 to be applied to the cost of tenant improvement work. The Company 
collected the full amount of the tenant improvement allowance in May 2018. The Company recorded lease incentive liability 
to deferred rent. The Company will release the lease incentive liability on a straight-line basis over the 7-year term to rent 
expense. 

(n) Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets 
and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences and 
operating loss and tax credit carry forwards are expected to be recovered, settled or utilized. The effect on deferred tax assets 
and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being 
sustained upon examination. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% 
likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment 
occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in selling, general, 
and administrative expenses, to the extent incurred. 

(o) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The translation from 
the applicable foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in effect at 
the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange rate during the period. The unrealized 
gains  or  losses  resulting  from  such  translation  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  within  stockholders’ 
equity. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(p) Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 
No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 outlines a new, single comprehensive 
model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue 
recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-step analysis 
in determining when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of 
promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange 
for  those  goods  or  services.  The  FASB  subsequently  issued  additional  clarifying  standards  to  address  issues  arising  from 
implementation of the new revenue standard, including a one-year deferral of the effective date for the new revenue standard. 
Public companies should now apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 
2017  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods.  Earlier  application  is  permitted  only  as  of  annual  reporting  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that annual period. As such, the Company is required to 
adopt  this  standard  effective  in  fiscal  2019,  which  begins  May  1,  2018.  The  Company  will  use  the  modified  retrospective 
approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The Company is completing its final review and therefore has not determined the final impact 
on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures. However, the preliminary view is that the impact will not be material 
to the consolidated financial statements and disclosures. The impact to the Company could be affected by the nature and terms 
of potential future contracts with customers, as those contracts may have terms that differ from the company’s current contracts. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue 
as a Going Concern”, which describes how an entity should assess its ability to meet obligations and sets rules for how this 
information should be disclosed in the financial statements. The standard provides accounting guidance that will be used along 
with existing auditing standards. The new standard applies to all entities for the first annual period ending after December 15, 
2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2014-15 for the fiscal year 
2017.  The  Company’s  addition  of  the  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  its  disclosures.  See  section  (b) 
“Liquidity/Going Concern” within Note (1) “Background and Liquidity” of these financial statements for further discussion on 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” The new standard establishes a right-
of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with 
terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern 
of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition 
approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest 
comparative  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements,  with  certain  practical  expedients  available.  The  Company  is 
evaluating the effect ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and has not yet determined 
the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-09,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718).”  The 
amendments of ASU No. 2016-09 were issued as part of the FASB’s Simplification initiative focused on improving areas of 
GAAP for which cost and complexity may be reduced while maintaining or improving the usefulness of information disclosed 
within the financial statements. The amendments focused on simplification specifically with regard to share-based payment 
transactions,  including  income  tax  consequences,  classification  of  awards  as  equity  or  liabilities  and  classification  on  the 
statement of cash flows. The guidance in ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, 
and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods.  The  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-09  on  May  1,  2017.  Certain  of  the 
amendments are applied using a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity 
as  of  May  1,  2017,  while  other  amendments  are  applied  retrospectively,  prospectively  or  using  either  a  prospective  or  a 
retrospective transition method. Upon adoption, the Company is beginning to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than 
estimate a forfeiture rate and has recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment in equity of approximately $11,000 on the date of 
initial adoption. In periods subsequent to adoption, a higher expense will be recognized earlier during the respective vesting 
periods of stock-based awards that are not forfeited. As a result of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, there 
was no net adjustment to retained earnings for the change in accounting for unrecognized windfall tax benefits. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, providing additional guidance on eight specific cash flow classification issues. The goal 
of the ASU is to reduce diversity in practice of classifying certain items. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The 
Company is  evaluating  the  effect  ASU 2016-13  will  have  on  its  consolidated financial  statements  and  disclosures  and has 
determined the standard will have no impact on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”, which 
amends  guidance  and  presentation  related  to  restricted  cash  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows,  including  stating  that  amounts 
generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included within cash and cash equivalents when 
reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown in the statement of cash flows. An entity is required 
to provide a disclosure indicating the reconciliation of all cash accounts. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The 
Company has early adopted ASU 2016-18 effective May 1, 2017. In connection with the adoption of the standard the Company 
has used a retrospective transition method for each period presented in the statement of cash flows. The Company reclassified 
$300,000 of restricted cash to cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period for the period April 30, 2017 and 
$488,000 of restricted cash to cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, ending of period for the period April 30, 2017 in the 
statement of cash flows. 

(3) Marketable Securities 

Marketable securities with initial maturities greater than three months but that mature within one year from the balance 
sheet date are classified as current assets. For the period ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 the Company had $25,000 
in certificates of deposit. 

(4) Property and Equipment 

The components of property and equipment as of April 30, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following: 

   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Equipment ..............................................................................     $ 
Computer Equipment & Software .........................................       
Office Furniture & Equipment ...............................................       
Leasehold improvements .......................................................       
Equipment under capitalized lease .........................................       
   $ 
Less: accumulated depreciation .............................................       
   $ 

394      $ 
614        
338        
473        
103        
1,922      $ 
(1,210 )      
712      $ 

715   
556   
250   
182   
103   
1,806   
(1,636 ) 
170   

Depreciation expense was $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, computer equipment and software under capital leases was $103 thousand and $103 
thousand, respectively. The terms of the leases are for 36 months. Future minimum lease payments under capital leases together 
with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of April 30, 2018 are as follows: 

   April 30, 2018 
(in thousands) 

Remaining payments in Fiscal 2019 ..............................................   $ 
Total net future minimum lease payments .....................................   $ 
Less: Amount representing interest ...............................................     
Present value of net minimum lease payments ..............................   $ 

23   
23   
-   
23   

F-17 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
(5) Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consist of the following at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017. 

   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Project costs .................................................................................     $ 
Contract loss reserve ....................................................................       
Employee incentive payments .....................................................       
Accrued salary and benefits .........................................................       
Legal and accounting fees ............................................................       
Accrued taxes payable .................................................................       
Other ............................................................................................       
   $ 

57      $ 
395        
761        
442        
246        
179        
181        
2,261      $ 

898   
238   
643   
484   
478   
132   
186   
3,059   

(6) Deferred Credits Payable 

During the year ended April 30, 2001, in connection with the sale of Common Stock to an investor, the Company 
received $0.6 million from the investor in exchange for an option to purchase up to 500,000 metric tons of carbon emissions 
credits generated by the Company during the years 2008 through 2012, at a 30% discount from the then-prevailing market rate. 
If the Company received emission credits under applicable laws and failed to sell to the investor the credits up to the full amount 
of emission credits covered by the option, the investor was entitled to liquidated damages equal to 30% of the aggregate market 
value of the shortfall in emission credits (subject to a limit on the market price of emission credits). Under the terms of the 
agreement, if the Company did not become entitled under applicable laws to the full amount of emission credits covered by the 
option by December 31, 2012, the Company was obligated to return the option fee of $0.6 million, less the aggregate discount 
on any emission credits sold to the investor prior to such date. In December 2012, the Company and the investor agreed to 
extend the period for the sale of emission credits until December 31, 2017. As of April 30, 2018, the Company has not generated 
any  emissions  credits  eligible  for  purchase  under  the  agreement.  The  $0.6  million  is  reflected  on  the  balance  sheet  within 
“Deferred credits payable current” as of April 30, 2018 and 2017. The Company is currently in process of making payments to 
return the $0.6 million option fee and expects to complete the payments by August 30, 2018. 

(7) Warrants 

On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 (as 
amended, the “June Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “June Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms 
of the June Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 417,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants 
to purchase up to an aggregate of 145,952 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a 
warrant to purchase 0.35 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $4.60. The warrants have an exercise 
price of $6.08 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial Exercise Date”), and will expire five years following 
the Initial Exercise Date. 

On July 22, 2016, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement (the “Second Amended 
Purchase  Agreement”)  with  certain  institutional  purchasers  (the  “July  Purchasers”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 595,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to 
purchase up to an aggregate of 178,500 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a 
warrant to purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $6.75. The Warrants were exercisable 
immediately at an exercise price of $9.36 per share. The Warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the initial date 
of issuance. 

The  warrants  contain  a  feature  whereby  they  could  require  the  transfer  of  assets  and  therefore  are  classified  as  a 
liability in accordance with ASC 480. As such, the warrants with a value of $0.2 million at April 30, 2018 and $0.3 million at 
April 30, 2017 are reflected within “Warrant liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. 

An unrealized gain of $0.1 million and $1.5 million, were included within “Gain due to change in fair value of warrant 
liabilities” in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company 
determined the fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the period ended 
April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017: 

F-18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    

Dividend rate ...............................................................................       
Risk-free rate ...............................................................................        2.7% - 2.8% 
Expected life (years) ....................................................................       

0.0% 

3.2 - 3.6 
132.9% - 
142.7% 

0.0% 
1.8% 
4.2 - 4.6 
131.7% - 
141.3% 

Expected volatility .......................................................................       

(8) Preferred Stock 

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. 

As of April 30, 2018, and 2017, no shares of preferred stock had been issued. 

(9) Common Stock 

As  of  April  30,  2018,  the  Company  has  50,000,000  shares  authorized  with  a  par  value  of  $0.001  per  share  and 

18,424,939 shares issued. 

On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 (as 
amended, the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “June Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the 
Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 417,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to purchase 
up to an aggregate of 145,952 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a warrant to 
purchase 0.35 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $4.60. The net proceeds to the Company from the 
offering were approximately $1.7 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by 
the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The warrants have 
an exercise price of $6.08 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial Exercise Date”), and will expire five 
years following the Initial Exercise Date. The Company paid the placement agents approximately $0.1 million as placement 
agent fees in connection with the sale of securities in the offering. The Company also reimbursed the placement agents $35 
thousand for their out of pocket and legal expenses in connection with the offering. 

On  July  22,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Second  Amendment  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “July Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the Second Amended 
Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 595,000 shares of Common Stock together with warrants to purchase 
up to an aggregate of 178,500 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a warrant to 
purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $6.75. The net proceeds to the Company from the 
offering were approximately $3.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by 
the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The Warrants were 
exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $9.36 per share. The Warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the 
initial date of issuance. 

On  October  19,  2016,  the  Company  sold  2,760,000  shares  of  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.75  per  share,  which 
includes the sale of 360,000 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of 
the over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $6.9 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 6,192,750 shares of common stock at a price of $1.30 per share, which includes 
the sale of 807,750 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-
allotment  option  by  the  underwriters  in  a  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 5,739,437 shares of common stock at a price of $1.42 per share in a best 
efforts public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $7.4 million, after deducting 
placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

(10) Treasury Shares 

During the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, 25,947 and 41,171 shares of Common Stock, respectively, were 

purchased by the Company from employees to pay taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock. 

F-19 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) Share-Based Compensation Plans 

2006 Stock Incentive Plan 

In 2007, the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan became effective. A total of 80,321 shares were authorized for 
issuance under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. In 2009, an amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the 
Company’s stockholders, increasing the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance by 85,000 shares to 165,321. On 
October  2,  2013,  a  further  amendment  to  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  stockholders, 
increasing the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance by an additional 80,000 shares to 245,321. The Company’s 
employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors were eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan; 
however, incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with 
respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was 20,000 per calendar year. 
Vesting provisions of stock options are determined by the board of directors. The contractual term of these stock options is up 
to ten years. The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was administered by the Company’s board of directors, who were authorized to 
delegate authority to one or more committees or subcommittees of the board of directors or to the Company’s officers. The 
2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  was  terminated  in  December  2015  and  unused  shares  in  that  Plan  were  transferred  to  the  2015 
Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

In 2015, upon approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 
Plan”)  became  effective.  A  total  of  240,703  shares  were  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  2015  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan, 
including shares available for awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan remaining at the time that plan terminated, or that 
were  subject  to  awards  under  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  that  thereafter  terminated  by  reason  of  expiration,  forfeiture, 
cancellation or otherwise. On October 21, 2016 upon approval by the Company’s stockholders the Company increased the 
number of shares authorized for issuance to 640,703. If any award under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan or 2015 Plan expires, 
is cancelled, terminates unexercised or is forfeited, those shares become again available for grant under the 2015 Plan. As of 
April 30, 2018, the Company has 89,531 shares available for future issuance under the 2015 plan. 

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  unit  awards  and 
unrestricted  stock  awards,  dividend  equivalent  rights,  performance  share  awards  or  other  performance-based  awards,  other 
equity-based awards or cash to eligible employees, officers and non-employee directors of the Company or any affiliate of the 
Company, or any consultant or adviser to the Company. The maximum number of shares of stock subject to Awards that can 
be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any person, other than a non-employee director, is 75,000. However, 
incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The limitation on the amount of shares of stock issuable under the 
2015 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of certain changes in the Company’s capital stock, such as recapitalizations, 
reclassifications, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, combinations of our stock, exchanges of the Company’s stock and 
other increases or decreases in the Company’s stock without receipt of consideration. 

The 2015 Plan will terminate ten years after its effective date, in October 2025, but is subject to earlier termination as 

provided in the 2015 Plan. 

A dividend equivalent right is an award entitling the recipient to receive credits based on cash distributions that would 
have been paid to the recipient on the shares of Common Stock specified in the dividend equivalent right if such shares had 
been issued to and held by the recipient of the dividend equivalent right as of the record date. A dividend equivalent right may 
be granted to any grantee under the 2015 Plan, but may not be granted in connection with or related to an award of options or 
SARs  under  the  2015  Plan.  The  terms  and  conditions  of  any  dividend  equivalent  right  shall  be  as  set  forth  in  the  award 
agreement relating to such right. Unless the committee administering the 2015 Plan otherwise provides in an award agreement, 
a grantee’s rights in all dividend equivalent rights will automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of service with 
the Company. 

Performance-based awards may be granted by the committee administering the 2015 Plan in such amounts and upon 
such terms as the committee administering the 2015 Plan determines. Generally, performance-based awards will have an actual 
or target number of shares of Common Stock or initial value that is set by the committee at the time of grant. The committee 
administering  the 2015 Plan has  the discretion to  set performance goals  which, depending on  the  extent  to  which  they  are 
achieved, will determine the value and/or the number of shares of Common stock subject to a performance-based award that 
will be paid out to the grantee. The right of a grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any performance-based 
award, and the timing thereof, will be subject to the performance conditions specified by the committee, and will entitle the 
grantee to receive cash or shares of our Common Stock upon the attainment of the specified performance goals over a specified 
performance period. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Except in connection with a corporate transaction in which the Company is involved, without obtaining stockholder 
approval,  the  2015  Plan  may  not  be  amended  to  reduce  the  exercise  price  of  such  outstanding  options  or  SARs,  cancel 
outstanding options or SARs in exchange for or in substitution of options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the 
exercise price of the original options or SARs, or cancel outstanding options or SARs with an exercise price above the current 
stock price in exchange for cash or other securities. 

2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan 

On January 18, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Company’s Employment Inducement Incentive 
Award  Plan  (the  “2018  Inducement  Plan”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  reserved  500,000  shares  of  common  stock  for 
issuance under the Inducement Plan. In accordance with Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, 
awards under the Inducement Plan may only be made to individuals not previously employees of the Company (or following 
such individuals’ bona fide period of non-employment with the Company), as an inducement material to the individuals’ entry 
into employment with the Company. An award is any right to receive the Company’s common stock pursuant to the 2018 
Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a restricted stock unit award or a stock 
payment award. As of April 30, 2018, there were 97,297 shares outstanding and 402,703 shares available for grant under the 
2018 Inducement Plan. 

(a) Stock Options  

A summary of stock options under the plans described above is as follows: 

Shares 
Underlying 
Options 

     Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

     Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(In Years) 

Outstanding as of April 30, 2017 ..........................................  
Granted .................................................................................  
Exercised ..............................................................................  
Cancelled/forfeited ...............................................................  
Outstanding as of April 30, 2018 ..........................................  
Exercisable as of April 30, 2018 ...........................................  

237,214     $ 
170,664     $ 
-     $ 
(19,349)    $ 
388,529     $ 
217,205     $ 

14.64     
1.34     
-     
67.71     
6.15     
9.90     

7.6   

7.4   
5.9   

As of April 30, 2018, the total intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options was approximately $1,745 and 
$1,745, respectively. As of April 30, 2018, approximately 145,627 additional options were unvested, which options had no 
intrinsic value and a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 9.5 years. There was approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 
million of total recognized compensation cost related to employees for stock options during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 
2017, respectively. As of April 30, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related 
to non-vested stock options granted under the plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
0.5 years. The Company typically issues newly authorized but unissued shares to satisfy option exercises under these plans. 

(b) Restricted Stock  

Compensation expense for non- vested restricted stock is generally recorded based on its market value on the date of 
grant and recognized ratably over the associated service and performance period. During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 
211,881 shares subject to service-based vesting requirements and no shares subject to performance-based vesting requirements. 
The achievement or vesting requirement of the performance-based grants is tied to the Company’s total shareholder return 
(TSR) relative to the total shareholder return of three alternative energy Exchange Traded Funds as measured over a specific 
performance period. No vesting of the relevant shares will occur in instances where the Company’s TSR for the relevant period 
is below 80% of the peer group. However, additional opportunities to vest some or all of a portion of the shares in a subsequent 
period may occur. Compensation expense for these awards with market-based vesting is calculated based on the estimated fair 
value as of the grant date utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model and is recognized over the service period on a straight-line 
basis. 

Restricted  stock  issued  and  unvested  at  April  30,  2018  does  not  include  any  shares  of  unvested  restricted  stock 

subjected to performance-based vesting requirements. 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of unvested restricted stock under the plans described above is as follows: 

Number 
of Shares 

     Weighted 
     Average Price    
per Share 

Issued and unvested at April 30, 2017 ...................................       
Granted ..................................................................................       
Vested ....................................................................................       
Cancelled/forfeited ................................................................       
Issued and unvested at April 30, 2018 ...................................       

103,412     $ 
211,881     $ 
(85,104)    $ 
(33,125)    $ 
197,064     $ 

3.99   
1.27   
4.67   
2.00   
1.35   

There was approximately $0.1 million and $0.9 million of total recognized compensation cost relating to restricted 
stock granted to employees during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of April 30, 2018, there was $0.2 
million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  granted  under  the  plans.  This  cost  is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. 

(12) Fair Value Measurements 

The Company measures and reports certain financial and non-financial assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair 
value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date (exit price). GAAP specifies a three-level hierarchy that is used when measuring and 
disclosing  fair  value.  The  fair  value  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  quoted  prices  available  in  active  markets  (i.e., 
observable  inputs)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  data  lacking  transparency  (i.e.,  unobservable  inputs).  An  instrument’s 
categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. The following is 
a description of the three hierarchy levels. 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3  

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted 
assets or liabilities. Active markets are considered to be those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities 
occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. 
Quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  inputs  which  are  observable,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for 
substantially  the  full  term  of  the  asset  or  liability.  This  category  includes  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets. 
Unobservable  inputs  are  not  corroborated  by  market  data.  This  category  is  comprised  of  financial  and  non-
financial  assets  and  liabilities  whose  fair  value  is  estimated  based  on  internally  developed  models  or 
methodologies using significant inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources. 

Transfers into or out of any hierarchy level are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers 

occurred. There were no transfers between any levels during the year ended April 30, 2018 and 2017. 

The following information is provided to help readers gain an understanding of the relationship between amounts 
reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related market or fair value. The disclosures include 
financial instruments and derivative financial instruments, other than investment in affiliates. 

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value 

and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models and significant assumptions utilized. 

Warrant Liabilities 

The fair value of the Company’s warrant liabilities (refer to Note 7) recorded in the Company’s financial statements 
is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock in an active 
market, volatility and expected life, is a Level 3 measurement. Volatility is based on the actual market activity of the Company’s 
stock. The expected life is based on the remaining contractual term of the warrants and the risk-free interest rate is based on 
the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury Securities with a maturity equivalent to the warrants’ expected life. 

F-22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 30, 

2018: 

Total 
Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet     

Quoted prices 
in active 
marKets for 
identical 
assets or 
liabilities  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
other 
observable 
inputs  
(Level 2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

(in thousands) 

Warrant liabilities ...............................................    $ 

201     $ 

-    $ 

-    $ 

201   

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 30, 

2017: 

Total 
Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet     

Quoted prices 
in active 
marKets for 
identical 
assets or 
liabilities  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
other 
observable 
inputs  
(Level 2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

(in thousands) 

Warrant liabilities ...............................................    $ 

323     $ 

-    $ 

-    $ 

323   

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrant liabilities during the year ended 

April 30, 2018; 

Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 

Total 
Warrant 
Liability 
(in thousands)    

Fair value – April 30, 2016 ....................................................................................     $ 
Issuance .................................................................................................................       
Transfers ................................................................................................................       
Change in fair value ...............................................................................................       
Fair value – April 30, 2017 ....................................................................................     $ 
Change in fair value ...............................................................................................       
Fair value – April 30, 2018 ....................................................................................     $ 

-   
1,814   
-   
(1,491 ) 
323   
(122 ) 
201   

(13) Income Taxes  

Loss before income taxes for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following components: 

   April 30, 2018       April 30, 2017    
(in thousands) 

Domestic ......................................................................................     $ 
Foreign .........................................................................................       
Total loss before income taxes .................................................     $ 

(11,004 )    $ 
(272 )      
(11,276 )    $ 

(9,805 ) 
(379 ) 
(10,184 ) 

The income tax benefit for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 consist of state income tax benefits of $1.1 million 

and $0.7 million, respectively, from the sale of New Jersey net operating losses and research and development credits. 

F-23 

  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
       
       
    
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
       
       
    
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
Tax Rate Reconciliation 

The effective income tax rate differed from the percentages computed by applying the US federal income tax for the 

periods ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following: 

   April 30, 2018 

      April 30, 2017 

Computed expected tax benefit .............................................................       
Increase(reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit .........................................       
Federal research and development tax credits ..................................       
Foreign rate differential ....................................................................       
Other non-deductible expenses .........................................................       
Proceeds of sale of New Jersey tax benefits .....................................       
U.S. tax reform effects ......................................................................       
Other .................................................................................................       
Increase in valuation allowance ........................................................       
Income tax benefit ............................................................................       

Significant Components of Deferred Taxes 

-29.7 %      

-34.0 % 

3.0 %      
-1.5 %      
0.3 %      
0.4 %      
-9.9 %      
162.2 %      
5.1 %      
-139.4 %      
-9.5 %      

2.3 % 
-1.7 % 
0.3 % 
0.1 % 
-6.9 % 
0.0 % 
11.7 % 
25.9 % 
-2.3 % 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carry forwards that give rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and 

deferred tax liabilities are presented below. 

   April 30, 2018 

     April 30, 2017 

(in thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards ..........................................     $ 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards ..........................................       
State operating loss carryforwards ....................................................       
Federal and New Jersey research and development tax credits ........       
Stock compensation ..........................................................................       
Unrealized foreign exchange loss .....................................................       
Accrued expenses .............................................................................       
Other .................................................................................................       
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance ..........................       
Valuation allowance .........................................................................       
Net deferred tax assets ......................................................................     $ 

29,329      $ 
3,852        
1,460        
3,143        
645        
12        
487        
330        
39,258        
(39,258 )      
-      $ 

44,355   
3,761   
1,281   
2,996   
1,096   
17   
576   
627   
54,709   
(54,709 ) 
-   

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon 
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carry forwards become 
deductible or are utilized. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, based upon the level of historical taxable losses, valuation allowances 
of $39.3 million and $54.7 million, respectively, were recorded to fully offset deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance 
decreased $15.4 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 and increased $2.1 during the year ended 2017. respectively. 

F-24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
     
          
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
     
         
    
 
 
 
As  of  April  30,  2018,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of 
approximately $139.7 million, which begin to expire in fiscal 2019. The Company also had federal research and development 
tax credit carry forwards of approximately $3.0 million as of April 30, 2018, which begins to expire in 2019. The Tax Reform 
Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards if there has been an 
ownership change, as defined. The Company has determined that such an ownership change, as described in Section 382 of the 
Internal Revenue Code, occurred in conjunction with the Company’s U.S. initial public offering in April 2007. The Company’s 
annual Section 382 limitation is approximately $3.3 million. The Section 382 limitation is cumulative from year to year, and 
thus, to the extent net operating loss or other credit carry forwards are not utilized up to the amount of the available annual 
limitation, the limitation is carried forward and added to the following year’s available limitation. Such limitation only applies 
to net operating losses incurred in periods prior to the ownership change. The Company has not performed additional analysis 
on ownership changes that may have occurred subsequently to further limit the ability to utilize net tax attributes. As of April 
30, 2018, the Company had state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $20.5 million which begin to expire in 
2019, which also may be limited to utilization limitations. As of April 30, 2018, the Company had foreign net operating loss 
carry forwards of approximately $17.9 million. The ability to utilize these carry forwards may also be limited in the event of a 
significant change to ownership. 

New Jersey Net Operating Loss 

During the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses and research 
and development credits in the amount of $11.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively, resulting in the recognition of income 
tax benefits of $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, recorded in the Company’s Statement of Operations. 

Recent Tax Legislation 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”) was signed into law making significant 
changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease for the Company 
from 34% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation from 
a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative 
foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. 

The TCJA reduced the U.S. federal statutory tax rate for the Company from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. 
For fiscal year 2018, our blended U.S. federal statutory tax rate is 29.7%. This is the result of using the tax rate of 34% for the 
number of days from the start of the fiscal year until the date of rate change and the tax rate of 21% for the number of days 
from the date of rate change until the end of the fiscal year. The Company completed the accounting for the income tax effects 
of certain elements of the TCJA and determined the impact to its deferred tax assets to be a reduction of $17.6 million, primarily 
resulting  from  the  corporate  rate  reduction  from  34%  to  21%.  Since  the  Company’s  has  historical  losses,  the  Company 
continues to have a full valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets and there is no impact to its consolidated financial 
statements. 

We remeasured our deferred taxes to reflect the reduced rate that will apply when these deferred taxes are settled or 
realized in future periods. To calculate the remeasurement of deferred taxes, we estimated when the existing deferred taxes will 
be settled or realized and which deferred taxes will be settled within the current year at the 34% tax rate and those that will 
reverse after year end at the 21% tax rate. As of April 30, 2018, we have completed our accounting for the tax effects of the 
TCJA, however there is no effect on the deferred tax provision since the company has a full valuation allowance. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company applies the guidance issued by the FASB for the accounting and reporting of uncertain tax positions. 
The guidance requires the Company to recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position if that 
position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. We are currently 
undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when our Spanish branch was closed. The branch 
reported net operating losses for each of the years reported that the Spanish tax inspector claims should have been capitalized 
on the balance sheet instead of charged as an expense in the Statement of Operations. As of April 30, 2017, we had recorded a 
penalty of $132,000 to Selling, general and administrative costs in the Statement of Operations. The Spanish tax inspector has 
recently closed its discussion relating to the capitalization of expenses and as of April 30, 2018 the Company reversed the 
penalty.  However,  the  Spanish  tax  inspector  has now  raised  questions with  respect  to  the  Company’s  recognition of  funds 
received in 2011 to 2014 from a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with the Waveport project. 
It is anticipated that we will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. We have estimated this penalty to be $177,000 
for the period ended April 30, 2018. We have recorded the penalty to Selling, general and administrative costs in the Statement 
of Operations. At April 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no other unrecognized tax positions. The Company does not 
expect  any  material  increase  or  decrease  in  its  income  tax  expense  in  the  next  twelve  months,  related  to  examinations  or 
uncertain tax positions. U.S. federal and state income tax returns were audited through fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2010 respectively. 
Net operating loss and credit carry forwards since inception remain open to examination by taxing authorities, and will continue 
to remain open for a period of time after utilization. 

The Company does not have any interest or penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions as it does not have any 

unrecognized tax benefits. 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies 

(a) Operating Lease Commitments 

The Company leases office, laboratory, manufacturing and other space in Monroe Township, New Jersey under an 
operating lease that expires on October 31, 2024. The lease commencement date is November 1, 2017, with lease payments 
beginning the same month. The lease expiration date is seven years from the rent commencement date. The Company provided 
a cash security deposit of approximately $154,000. The Lease contains a tenant improvement allowance of up to $138,000 and 
annual  escalations,  as such,  the  Company accounts  for rent  expense on a  straight-line basis.  Rent  expense under  operating 
leases was approximately $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of April 30, 2018 are as follows: 

April 30, 2018 
(in thousands) 

2019 ...............................................................................................      
2020 ...............................................................................................      
2021 ...............................................................................................      
2022 ...............................................................................................      
2023 ...............................................................................................      
Thereafter .......................................................................................      
  $ 

312   
322   
331   
341   
352   
546   
2,204   

Shareholder Litigation and Demands 

The Company and certain of its current and former directors and officers were defendants in a derivative lawsuit filed 
on March 18, 2015 in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey captioned Labare v. Dunleavy, et. al., Case 
No. 3:15-cv-01980-FLW-LHG. The derivative complaint alleged claims for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross 
mismanagement and unjust enrichment relating to the now terminated agreement between Victorian Wave Partners Pty. Ltd. 
(VWP) and the Australian Renewable Energy Agency (ARENA) for the development of a wave power station. The derivative 
complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
On July 10, 2015, a second derivative lawsuit, captioned Rywolt v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:15-cv-05469, was 
filed by another shareholder against the same defendants in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey 
alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment relating to 
the now terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Rywolt complaint also seeks unspecified monetary damages 
and other relief. On February 8, 2016, the Court issued an order consolidating the Labare and Rywolt actions, appointing co-
lead plaintiffs and lead counsel, and ordering a consolidated amended complaint to be filed within 30 days of the order. On 
March 9, 2016, the co-lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint consolidating their claims and sought unspecified monetary 
damages and other relief. 

On April 21, 2016, a third derivative lawsuit, captioned LaCalamito v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:16-cv-02249, was 
filed by  another  shareholder  against certain  current  and former  directors  and officers  of  the  Company in  the United States 
District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty relating to the now terminated 
agreement between VWP and ARENA. The LaCalamito complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. The 
Company was not been formally served and did not yet responded to the complaint. 

On June 9, 2016, a fourth derivative lawsuit, captioned Pucillo v. Dunleavy, et al., was filed by another shareholder 
against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United States District Court for the District of 
New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and abuse of control relating to the now 
terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Pucillo complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief. 
On August 2, 2016, the parties in the Pucillo lawsuit filed a Stipulation and Proposed Order pursuant to which: (i) the defendants 
agreed  to  accept  service  of  the  Pucillo  complaint;  (ii)  the  parties  agreed  to  stay  the  Pucillo  action  pending  the  filing  and 
resolution of a motion to consolidate the Pucillo action with the Labare and Rywolt actions; and (iii) the parties agreed that the 
defendants shall not be required to respond to the Pucillo complaint during the pendency of the stay. The Court approved the 
Stipulation on August 3, 2016. 

On October 25, 2016, the Court approved and entered a Stipulation and Order that, among other things, (i) consolidated 
the four derivative actions; (ii) identified plaintiff Pucillo as the lead plaintiff in the consolidated actions; and (iii) stayed the 
consolidated actions pending the November 14, 2016 settlement hearing in the now-settled securities class action and further 
order of the Court. 

On  October  23,  2017,  the  parties  entered  into  a  Stipulation  and  Agreement  of  Settlement  to  resolve  the  four 
consolidated derivative lawsuits. The settlement provided for, among other things, the Company to implement certain corporate 
governance changes, a $350,000 payment to the plaintiffs’ attorneys for attorneys’ fees and costs that will be made by the 
Company’s insurance carrier, dismissal of the derivative lawsuits, and certain releases. On November 21, 2017, the plaintiffs 
filed an unopposed motion seeking preliminary approval of the settlement, which the Court granted on March 9, 2018. On 
May14, 2018, the Court held a final settlement approval hearing at which the Court stated that it was approving the settlement. 
On June 13, 2018, the Court issued a Final Order and Judgement, approving the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement. The 
Company has accrued $350,000 related to this matter as a probable and reasonably estimable loss contingency during the twelve 
months ended April 30, 2018. The Company also recorded a receivable of $350,000 from its insurance carrier with the offset 
to the statement of operations. 

On  May  26,  2017,  an  attorney  claiming  to  represent  two  stockholders  sent  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  a 
Stockholder Litigation Demand letter (“Stockholder Demand”). The Stockholder Demand alleges that the voting of shares for 
the 1-for-10 reverse stock split at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders held on October 22, 2015 was not properly counted, 
and further alleges that, although the Company reported the reverse stock split as having been passed, if the vote was properly 
counted the reverse stock split would not have been approved. The Stockholder Demand requests the Board of Directors either 
to deem the reverse stock split as ineffective and disclose the same or to seek a proper and effective stockholder ratification of 
the reverse stock split. In addition, the Stockholder Demand requests the Board of Directors to adopt and implement adequate 
internal controls and systems to prevent the alleged improper voting from recurring. On June 23, 2017, the Company responded 
to the Stockholder Demand, explained the procedures that were followed for the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders and 
provided the Oath of the Inspector of Elections and the Certificate of the Inspector of Elections that certified as accurate the 
results  of  the  voting  at  the  meeting  including  voting  on  the  reverse  stock  split  proposal.  On  June  26,  2017,  the  attorney 
representing the alleged stockholders replied to the Company’s response, further alleged that the proxy statement underlying 
the 2015 annual meeting provided voting instructions that misled the stockholders regarding whether their brokers could vote 
on  the  reverse  stock  split  proposal  and  renewed  their  requests  of  the  Board.  On  July  24,  2017,  the  Company  provided  an 
additional response to the Stockholder Demand, denied the allegations, and declined to take any of the actions requested. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Litigation 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from his 
position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he had 
retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 2014, 
Mr. Dunleavy resigned from the Board and the boards of directors of the Company's subsidiaries. In 2014, the Company and 
Mr. Dunleavy have agreed to suspend his alleged employment claims pending resolution of a class action shareholder litigation 
(resolved in May 2017) and then agreed to continue to the suspension pending resolution of the derivatives litigation (resolved 
in June 2018). As of the filing of this report, the claims are still suspended. 

Except for the Stipulation agreement noted previously, we have not established any provision for losses relating to 
these claims and pending litigation. Due to the stages of these proceedings, and considering the inherent uncertainty of these 
claims and litigation, at this time we are not able to predict or reasonably estimate whether we have any possible loss exposure 
or the ultimate outcome of these claims. 

(b) Regulatory Matters 

SEC Investigation 

On April 30, 2018, the Company received a letter from the SEC staff in the Philadelphia regional office announcing 
that the SEC had concluded its investigation of the Company. The investigation began on February 4, 2015, when the Company 
received a subpoena from the SEC requesting information related to the discontinued VWP Project in Australia. On July 12, 
2016, the SEC issued second subpoena requesting information related to the Company’s April 4, 2014 public offering. The 
Company  provided  information  to  the  SEC  in  response  to  both  subpoenas  and  cooperated  with  the  SEC  throughout  its 
investigation. In its letter of April 30, 2018, the SEC stated that it does not intend to recommend an enforcement action by the 
SEC against the Company. 

Spain IVA (sales tax) 

In June 2012, the Company received notice that the Spanish tax authorities are inquiring into its 2010 IVA (value-
added tax) filing for which the Company benefitted from the offset of approximately $0.3 million of input tax. The Company 
believed that the tax credit was properly claimed and, therefore, no liability was recorded. The Company issued two letters of 
credit  totaling  €0.3  million  ($0.3  million)  at the  request of  the  Spanish  tax  authorities. On  January  31,  2017  the  Company 
received $0.2 million from the Spanish tax authorities as a result of the conclusion of the inquiry. In addition, during February 
2017, the Spanish tax authorities approved of the release of the two outstanding letters of credit. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

We are currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when our Spanish branch 
was closed. The branch reported net operating losses for each of the years reported that the Spanish tax inspector claims should 
have been capitalized on the balance sheet instead of charged as an expense in the Statement of Operations. As of April 30, 
2017, we had recorded a penalty of $132,000 to Selling, general and administrative costs in the Statement of Operations. The 
Spanish tax inspector has recently closed its discussion relating to the capitalization of expenses and as of April 30, 2018 the 
Company reversed the penalty. However, the Spanish tax inspector has now raised questions with respect to the Company’s 
recognition of funds received in 2011 to 2014 from a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with 
the Waveport project. It is anticipated that we will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax year. We have estimated this 
penalty to be $177,000 for the period ended April 30, 2018. We have recorded the penalty to Selling, general and administrative 
costs in the Statement of Operations. 

(15) Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

The Company’s business consists of one segment as this represents management’s view of the Company’s operations. 
The Company operates on a worldwide basis with one operating company in the US and operating subsidiaries in the UK and 
in  Australia.  Revenues  and  expenses  are  generally  attributed  to  the  operating  unit  that  bills  the  customers.  Geographic 
information is as follows: 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North 
America 

Year Ended April 30, 2018 
Asia and 
Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers ........................    $ 
Operating loss ........................................................      
Long-lived assets ...................................................      
Total assets ............................................................      

511     $ 
(11,282 )     
712       
13,762       

-     $ 
(243 )     
-       
22       

-     $ 
(35 )     
-       
337       

511   
(11,560 ) 
712   
14,121   

North 
America 

Year Ended April 30, 2017 
Asia and 
Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers ........................    $ 
Operating loss ........................................................      
Long-lived assets ...................................................      
Total assets ............................................................      

843     $ 
(11,270 )     
170       
9,498       

-     $ 
(389 )     
-       
209       

-     $ 
(28 )     
-       
366       

843   
(11,687 ) 
170   
10,073   

(16) Subsequent Events 

On June 13, 2018, Tiderunner Marine, Inc. filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New 
Jersey captioned Tiderunner Marine, Inc. v. Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 1:18-cv-10496. The complaint names 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as defendant and alleges claims for breach of contract, unjust enrichment, conversion, and 
fraud, negligent and/or reckless misrepresentation all as associated with the removal of an OPT mooring system off the coast 
of New Jersey that was completed in May 2017. The complaint seeks damages in the amount of $2,825,130 together with 
interest, costs, attorney’s fees, punitive damages and such other relief as may be appropriate under the circumstances. OPT has 
retained counsel, is investigating the claims, and has not yet responded to the lawsuit. As of April 30, 2018. The Company has 
not accrued any provision related to this matter since it cannot reasonably estimate the loss contingency. 

On June 27, 2018, Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into a contract with Premier Oil UK 
Limited (“PMO”) for the lease of a PB3 PowerBuoy™ (the “PMO Agreement”) to be deployed in one of PMO’s offshore fields 
in the North Sea. Under the agreement, the PowerBuoy™ will provide communications and remote monitoring services for 
PMO assets and will demonstrate its ability to monitor and alert vessels in the area after the Floating Production, Storage and 
Offloading vessel is removed. The initial trial phase shall last for three months, and if successful, PMO may elect to extend for 
a second six-month trial phase and a third three-month trial phase. The Company will be paid a flat fee specified in the contract 
for each phase of the lease. At the end of the twelve months, PMO will have the option to extend the lease on a month-to-month 
basis as well as to purchase the PowerBuoy™. If PMO elects to purchase the unit, the parties will negotiate mutually agreeable 
terms. The Company has agreed to assist PMO in deployment and commissioning of the unit, as well as related data collection 
and assessment of performance. PMO is responsible for all costs associated with deployment and installation. 

F-29 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Directors

Executive Officers

Registrar

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew T. Shafer
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President  
of Finance and Treasurer  

Christopher A. Phebus
Vice President of Engineering

John W. Lawrence
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021-1011
US & Canada: 800-662-7232 
International: 781-575-4238
www.computershare.com

Terence J. Cryan
Independent Director and Chairman of  
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Co-Founder, 
Concert Energy Partners, LLC 

Dean J. Glover 
Independent Director and Vice Chairman  
of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Chief 
Executive Officer of Teckniks Tool Group

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven M. Fludder
Independent Director, Chief Executive Officer 
of NEC Energy Solutions

Kristine S. Moore
Independent Director, former Royal Dutch 
Shell Executive

Robert K. Winters
Independent Director, Senior Managing  
Director of Alpha IR Group

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP
1601 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2499
USA

Legal Advisor

Porter Hedges LLP 
1000 Main Street, 36th Floor 
Houston, TX 77002

Bankers

Santander Bank 
3 Terry Drive 
Newtown, PA 18974 
USA 

Barclays Bank Plc 
1 Churchill Place 
London E14 5HP 
UK

Share Price Information

The Company’s share price is quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol OPTT. Go to www.nasdaq.com to access the 
Company’s share price information. In addition, the share price and other publicly released information are available at OPT’s website 
under the Investor Relations tab. 

Contact Us 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
28 Engelhard Drive
Monroe Township, NJ 08831
USA

Website Address: www.oceanpowertechnologies.com

 
 
 
Markets

Oil & Gas
Defense & Security
Communications
Science & Research

Target Applications

First customer buoy shipped from OPT’s new Monroe 
Township, NJ facility

Subsea 
Power

•  Sea floor equipment and  

system operation

•  Unmanned underwater  

vehicle charging

Surveillance and 
Monitoring

•  Sea floor equipment and  

system monitoring

•  Topside and subsea threat 

surveillance

•  Reduce need for power and 
communications umbilicals

•  Traffic monitoring and  
collision avoidance

•  Enhance subsea battery 

systems with charging and 
communications platform

•  Environmental monitoring

•  Unmanned station  

replaces manned vessels

Offshore  
Connectivity

•  Persistent power and 
unmanned platform  
for 4G, Wi-Fi, and satcom

•  Real-time data processing, 
storage and communication

•  Amplifies and extends 
connectivity where 
infrastructure does not  
yet exist

GROWTHOcean Power Technologies, Inc.
28 Engelhard Drive
Monroe Township, NJ 08831
www.oceanpowertechnologies.com